<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Johnny</id>
		<title>Nexus - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Johnny"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Johnny"/>
		<updated>2026-04-03T18:30:57Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.9</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2024-07-02T13:58:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.3.4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Bug Fix:  &amp;quot;RolePay Store Addon - Cash Register: User sending money is not registered in this network.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed an issue with the 'payment' feature; system was not charging the specified card user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.0&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2024-03-02T21:46:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;This documentation is intended for version:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;v2.0.0 or greater&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; - Reference version history [[Nexus Burglar Alarm/Version History]]. If you have an outdated version, acquire a redelivery at our [http://maps.secondlife.com/secondlife/Silesia/125/104/2003 Main Store].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, please ask in our Second Life Group; if your questions are not answered, please file a ticket by visiting our [https://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Included in your unpacked Burglar Alarm System folder are 5 components:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Control Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Control Panel is used to manage one &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;or more&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alarm networks within a region, that are owned by you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Home Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Home Panel is used to arm/disarm the alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Straight Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Angled Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Sensors are used to detect intruders within a set range that are not listed on the Whitelist.&lt;br /&gt;
#** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Aside from appearances, both sensors function exactly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Alarm&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Speaker that will sound whenever an alarm is triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Emergency Light&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Emergency Light can be configured to turn on whenever an alarm is triggered. Otherwise, can be controlled manually by using the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started / Complete Setup&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup guide will walk you through how to setup a basic alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Control Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Control Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
#* You will notice the configuration is divided into the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
#** ALARM IDS&lt;br /&gt;
#** ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
#** WHITELIST&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER KEY&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER CHANNEL&lt;br /&gt;
#** TONE OUT&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER DEBUG&lt;br /&gt;
#** DISCORD WEBHOOK&lt;br /&gt;
#** OUTPUT MESSAGE&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Control Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM IDS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input a unique name for your alarm network. This name will be shared with all other alarm components going forward in your setup, i.e., Home Panel, Sensors, Speaker, and Emergency Light.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple networks&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM IDS = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you opted for &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, this will allow anyone to access the Control Panel if they have their group tag active/worn, that matches the group that the object is set to. [[File:ObjectSetGroup.png|none|none]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* In addition to the basic access mode, the Whitelist can be used to grant access to specific users by inputting their [https://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/Category:LSL_Legacy_Name Legacy Name]. You &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DO NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; need to add yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining sections are only applicable if you would like to receive &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts* for each time an alarm is triggered&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Pager alerts, you must own the [https://marketplace.secondlife.com/p/Nexus-Pager-System-V3/4593342 Nexus Pager System]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Discord alerts, you must have a valid Discord Webhook&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER KEY&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Pager Network Key&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your Network Key?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The Network Key is located in the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;description field&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of your &amp;quot;Nexus Computer Terminal&amp;quot; object, if you've created a Pager network.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER KEY = #BACEECBE-5F9F-4322-B79E-7414C818BEB5&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of the channel that you would like to have alerts sent to.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Channel names are case-sensitive.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your channel name?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Click on your Computer Terminal and select &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;Channels&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;List&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; for a full readout of your registered channels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL = YOUR_CHANNEL_NAME&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TONE OUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the type of alert that you would like to receive: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Speaker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TONE OUT = Both&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Enable this feature temporarily if you are not receiving Pager alerts properly, as it will output any error messages to help you troubleshoot the problem.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG = FALSE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Discord Webhook URL.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK = https://discord.com/api/webhooks/747191624765014036/IrMD-_jTlSTxUlliwmIk3aXYpAv7E4561pFI90kKSSE7o35BeRvyiYAORSuvucS869j1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* This is the alert message that will be relayed to your Pagers and/or your Discord Server. To include alarm details in your message dynamically, you may include the following keywords:&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;LOCATION&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;SENSOR NAME&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((INTRUDER))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the name of the user that was detected by a sensor, that caused the alarm to trigger&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((TIME))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the time of the alarm (Second Life time).&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If left blank&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, a default alert will be set.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE = BURGLAR ALARM ACTIVATED - [Location: ((LOCATION))] - [Sensor: ((SENSOR))] - [Triggered By: ((INTRUDER))] - [Time: ((TIME))]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Control Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Home Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Home Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network (aka: alarm ID) that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration. This will allow the Home Panel to sync to your Control Panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* With each alarm network, you must have one Home Panel act as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot;; this will effectively make it so additional Home Panels that are rezzed, if needed, to act as relays and will refer to the &amp;quot;Masters&amp;quot; configuration instead of it's own.&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For instance:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you were setting up an alarm system in a home and wanted a Home Panel located in each room, you would only need to set &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;one of them&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot; and have it fully configured. All other Home Panels would simply require just the shared &amp;quot;Alarm ID&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make it the primary Home Panel in your setup.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM DELAY&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the amount of &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;seconds&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; you would like to delay the alarm for when a non-whitelisted user is detected. This delay setting allows for users with panel access to disarm the system before the alarm sounds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM DELAY = 20&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM DELAY VOLUME&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the volume level for the delayed alarm sound, you can set the range between &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;0.0 - 1.0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;; where &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;0.0 = off&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;1.0 = max volume&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM DELAY VOLUME = 0.1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the amount of &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;seconds&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; the alarm should sound for, before it is silenced automatically if no users are around to silence it themselves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TIMEOUT = 300&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, after an alarm has timed-out, the sensors will re-enable automatically and continue to monitor for intruders.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Otherwise if &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FALSE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the system will require manual user intervention to re-arm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to arm/disarm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of user(s) that should &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; trigger an alarm. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Including yourself&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, if you do not want to trigger the alarm when in presence of a sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LOCATION&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a location description for this Home Panel. The location value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;LOCATION = Nexus Corporate Tower&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Home Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sensors ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez your preferred style of sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Straight Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Angled Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RANGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the range for this sensor, you can set the range between &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;96&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; meters.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure what range to set?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Use the included &amp;quot;Sensor Range HUD&amp;quot;. Simply move your Sensor into it's permanent position and equip the HUD to find the range.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;RANGE = 15&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;SENSOR NAME&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a name description for this Sensor. The name value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;SENSOR = Front Entrance&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Sensor is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speaker ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Speaker&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Alarm:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If you wish to change the default alarm sound, input the UUID for the sound you wish to set.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure where to find the UUID?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open your inventory, locate the sound you would like to use, then right-click and select &amp;quot;Copy Asset UUID&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND = 6e37a900-816a-753e-514c-258eb8e90f85&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Speaker is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Emergency Light ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Emergency Light&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Emergency Light:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the light will automatically turn on when an alarm is triggered.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Emergency Light is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2024-03-02T21:23:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.0.1 [2024-03-02]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;This update consists of minor changes.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you have an existing [2023-10-13] system already in place, you can simply replace your Home Panel(s) with the updated version.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;There is no need to replace all the components&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Added an &amp;quot;Alarm Delay&amp;quot; option to the Home Panel; this prevents the alarm system from triggering immediately, allowing those with panel access to have enough time to disarm the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.0.0 [2023-10-13]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed the Control Panel to support multiple Alarm ID's&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;Anyone&amp;quot; access settings for both the Control Panel and Home Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed a bug that would cause the Controller to spam messages to the owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved light control for the Control Panel; you can now turn on/off lights for all lights or a specific network of light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a way to silence an alarm system using the Control Panel for a specific alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;View ID's&amp;quot; option to the Control Panel, to quickly see what alarm networks have been configured to.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;Timeout&amp;quot; option to the Home Panel to automatically silence alarms after a set amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added an option to the Home Pane to continue monitoring for intruders after an alarm has timed-out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added support for Discord alerts via Webhook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added an option to customize the Pager/Discord alert message, with the option to dynamically pass-in alert information such as: Location, sensor name, intruder name, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Moved the &amp;quot;Location&amp;quot; setting (for Pager/Discord alerts) to the Home Panel configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;Sensor Name&amp;quot; setting (for Pager/Discord alerts) to the Sensor configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a Sensor Range HUD to help users set an optimal range value for their sensors.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added support for multiple Home Panels in a network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* v1.0.0's Name2Key service was deprecated. We've replaced the service with a new internal process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Controller and Home Panel access issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed listener issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor spam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Template:Information</id>
		<title>Template:Information</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Template:Information"/>
				<updated>2024-03-02T20:24:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; max-width:600px; width: 100%; left:50px; margin:10px; position:relative; border-width:1px; border-style:solid; background-color:#F6F6F6; border-color:#101111; box-sizing:border-box; padding:10px; color:#08AFEF;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table style=&amp;quot;width:100%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[File:info_icon.png]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;padding-left:10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{{1}}}&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Template:Information</id>
		<title>Template:Information</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Template:Information"/>
				<updated>2024-03-02T19:30:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; max-width:600px; width: 100%; left:50px; margin:10px; position:relative; border-width:1px; border-style:solid; background-color:#F6F6F6; bor...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline-block; max-width:600px; width: 100%; left:50px; margin:10px; position:relative; border-width:1px; border-style:solid; background-color:#F6F6F6; border-color:#101111; box-sizing:border-box; padding:10px; color:#000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table style=&amp;quot;width:100%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[File:info_icon.png]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;padding-left:10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{{1}}}&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:Info_icon.png</id>
		<title>File:Info icon.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:Info_icon.png"/>
				<updated>2024-03-02T19:28:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine"/>
				<updated>2023-12-06T17:46:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Nexus Moonshine is Second Life's first Moonshine Distilling. Bringing you a complete challenge of brewing Corn Mash straight into liquid corn.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Need help with your Moonshine? Look at the documentation below!&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;40&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Book.png|link=Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation|Product&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Calendar.png|link=Nexus_Moonshine/Version History|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nexus_Moonshine/Version History|Version&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;History]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Bug.png|link=Bugs|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bugs|Bugs]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2023-10-13T17:50:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;This documentation is intended for version:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[2023-10-13]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you do not have this version, acquire a redelivery at our [http://maps.secondlife.com/secondlife/Silesia/125/104/2003 Main Store].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, please ask in our Second Life Group; if your questions are not answered, please file a ticket by visiting our [https://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Included in your unpacked Burglar Alarm System folder are 5 components:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Control Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Control Panel is used to manage one &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;or more&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alarm networks within a region, that are owned by you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Home Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Home Panel is used to arm/disarm the alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Straight Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Angled Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Sensors are used to detect intruders within a set range that are not listed on the Whitelist.&lt;br /&gt;
#** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Aside from appearances, both sensors function exactly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Alarm&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Speaker that will sound whenever an alarm is triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Emergency Light&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Emergency Light can be configured to turn on whenever an alarm is triggered. Otherwise, can be controlled manually by using the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started / Complete Setup&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup guide will walk you through how to setup a basic alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Control Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Control Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
#* You will notice the configuration is divided into the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
#** ALARM IDS&lt;br /&gt;
#** ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
#** WHITELIST&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER KEY&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER CHANNEL&lt;br /&gt;
#** TONE OUT&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER DEBUG&lt;br /&gt;
#** DISCORD WEBHOOK&lt;br /&gt;
#** OUTPUT MESSAGE&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Control Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM IDS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input a unique name for your alarm network. This name will be shared with all other alarm components going forward in your setup, i.e., Home Panel, Sensors, Speaker, and Emergency Light.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple networks&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM IDS = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you opted for &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, this will allow anyone to access the Control Panel if they have their group tag active/worn, that matches the group that the object is set to. [[File:ObjectSetGroup.png|none|none]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* In addition to the basic access mode, the Whitelist can be used to grant access to specific users by inputting their [https://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/Category:LSL_Legacy_Name Legacy Name]. You &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DO NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; need to add yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining sections are only applicable if you would like to receive &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts* for each time an alarm is triggered&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Pager alerts, you must own the [https://marketplace.secondlife.com/p/Nexus-Pager-System-V3/4593342 Nexus Pager System]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Discord alerts, you must have a valid Discord Webhook&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER KEY&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Pager Network Key&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your Network Key?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The Network Key is located in the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;description field&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of your &amp;quot;Nexus Computer Terminal&amp;quot; object, if you've created a Pager network.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER KEY = #BACEECBE-5F9F-4322-B79E-7414C818BEB5&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of the channel that you would like to have alerts sent to.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Channel names are case-sensitive.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your channel name?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Click on your Computer Terminal and select &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;Channels&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;List&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; for a full readout of your registered channels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL = YOUR_CHANNEL_NAME&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TONE OUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the type of alert that you would like to receive: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Speaker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TONE OUT = Both&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Enable this feature temporarily if you are not receiving Pager alerts properly, as it will output any error messages to help you troubleshoot the problem.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG = FALSE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Discord Webhook URL.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK = https://discord.com/api/webhooks/747191624765014036/IrMD-_jTlSTxUlliwmIk3aXYpAv7E4561pFI90kKSSE7o35BeRvyiYAORSuvucS869j1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* This is the alert message that will be relayed to your Pagers and/or your Discord Server. To include alarm details in your message dynamically, you may include the following keywords:&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;LOCATION&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;SENSOR NAME&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((INTRUDER))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the name of the user that was detected by a sensor, that caused the alarm to trigger&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((TIME))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the time of the alarm (Second Life time).&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If left blank&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, a default alert will be set.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE = BURGLAR ALARM ACTIVATED - [Location: ((LOCATION))] - [Sensor: ((SENSOR))] - [Triggered By: ((INTRUDER))] - [Time: ((TIME))]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Control Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Home Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Home Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network (aka: alarm ID) that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration. This will allow the Home Panel to sync to your Control Panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* With each alarm network, you must have one Home Panel act as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot;; this will effectively make it so additional Home Panels that are rezzed, if needed, to act as relays and will refer to the &amp;quot;Masters&amp;quot; configuration instead of it's own.&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For instance:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you were setting up an alarm system in a home and wanted a Home Panel located in each room, you would only need to set &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;one of them&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot; and have it fully configured. All other Home Panels would simply require just the shared &amp;quot;Alarm ID&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make it the primary Home Panel in your setup.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the amount of &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;seconds&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; the alarm should sound for, before it is silenced automatically if no users are around to silence it themselves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TIMEOUT = 300&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, after an alarm has timed-out, the sensors will re-enable automatically and continue to monitor for intruders.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Otherwise if &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FALSE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the system will require manual user intervention to re-arm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to arm/disarm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of user(s) that should &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; trigger an alarm. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Including yourself&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, if you do not want to trigger the alarm when in presence of a sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LOCATION&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a location description for this Home Panel. The location value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;LOCATION = Nexus Corporate Tower&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Home Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sensors ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez your preferred style of sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Straight Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Angled Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RANGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the range for this sensor, you can set the range between &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;96&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; meters.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure what range to set?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Use the included &amp;quot;Sensor Range HUD&amp;quot;. Simply move your Sensor into it's permanent position and equip the HUD to find the range.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;RANGE = 15&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;SENSOR NAME&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a name description for this Sensor. The name value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;SENSOR = Front Entrance&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Sensor is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speaker ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Speaker&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Alarm:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If you wish to change the default alarm sound, input the UUID for the sound you wish to set.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure where to find the UUID?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open your inventory, locate the sound you would like to use, then right-click and select &amp;quot;Copy Asset UUID&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND = 6e37a900-816a-753e-514c-258eb8e90f85&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Speaker is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Emergency Light ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Emergency Light&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Emergency Light:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the light will automatically turn on when an alarm is triggered.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Emergency Light is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2023-10-13T17:38:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: [2023-10-13] Update&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[2023-10-13]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed the Control Panel to support multiple Alarm ID's&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;Anyone&amp;quot; access settings for both the Control Panel and Home Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed a bug that would cause the Controller to spam messages to the owner.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improved light control for the Control Panel; you can now turn on/off lights for all lights or a specific network of light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a way to silence an alarm system using the Control Panel for a specific alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;View ID's&amp;quot; option to the Control Panel, to quickly see what alarm networks have been configured to.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;Timeout&amp;quot; option to the Home Panel to automatically silence alarms after a set amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added an option to the Home Pane to continue monitoring for intruders after an alarm has timed-out.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added support for Discord alerts via Webhook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added an option to customize the Pager/Discord alert message, with the option to dynamically pass-in alert information such as: Location, sensor name, intruder name, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
* Moved the &amp;quot;Location&amp;quot; setting (for Pager/Discord alerts) to the Home Panel configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a &amp;quot;Sensor Name&amp;quot; setting (for Pager/Discord alerts) to the Sensor configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a Sensor Range HUD to help users set an optimal range value for their sensors.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added support for multiple Home Panels in a network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* v1.0.0's Name2Key service was deprecated. We've replaced the service with a new internal process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Controller and Home Panel access issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed listener issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor spam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2023-10-13T17:28:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: [2023-10-13] Update&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Burglar Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;This documentation is intended for version:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[2023-10-13]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you do not have this version, acquire a redelivery at our [http://maps.secondlife.com/secondlife/Silesia/125/104/2003 Main Store].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Burglar Alarm System, we would like to thank you for choosing us!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions, please ask in our Second Life Group; if your questions are not answered, please file a ticket by visiting our [https://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Included in your unpacked Burglar Alarm System folder are 5 components:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Control Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Control Panel is used to manage one &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;or more&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alarm networks within a region, that are owned by you.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Home Panel&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Home Panel is used to arm/disarm the alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Straight Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Angled Sensor&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Sensors are used to detect intruders within a set range that are not listed on the Whitelist.&lt;br /&gt;
#** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Aside from appearances, both sensors function exactly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Alarm&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Alarm is a speaker that will sound whenever an alarm is triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Emergency Light&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* The Emergency Light can be configured to turn on whenever an alarm is triggered. Otherwise, can be controlled manually by using the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started / Complete Setup&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
The following setup guide will walk you through how to setup a basic alarm network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Control Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Control Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
#* You will notice the configuration is divided into the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
#** ALARM IDS&lt;br /&gt;
#** ACCESS&lt;br /&gt;
#** WHITELIST&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER KEY&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER CHANNEL&lt;br /&gt;
#** TONE OUT&lt;br /&gt;
#** PAGER DEBUG&lt;br /&gt;
#** DISCORD WEBHOOK&lt;br /&gt;
#** OUTPUT MESSAGE&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Control Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM IDS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input a unique name for your alarm network. This name will be shared with all other alarm components going forward in your setup, i.e., Home Panel, Sensors, Speaker, and Emergency Light.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple networks&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM IDS = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you opted for &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, this will allow anyone to access the Control Panel if they have their group tag active/worn, that matches the group that the object is set to. [[File:ObjectSetGroup.png|none|none]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* In addition to the basic access mode, the Whitelist can be used to grant access to specific users by inputting their [https://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/Category:LSL_Legacy_Name Legacy Name]. You &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DO NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; need to add yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to enable/disable the system, control lights, and silence any active alarms for any network that the Control Panel is managing.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining sections are only applicable if you would like to receive &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts* for each time an alarm is triggered&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Pager alerts, you must own the [https://marketplace.secondlife.com/p/Nexus-Pager-System-V3/4593342 Nexus Pager System]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;* To receive Discord alerts, you must have a valid Discord Webhook&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER KEY&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Pager Network Key&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your Network Key?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The Network Key is located in the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;description field&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of your &amp;quot;Nexus Computer Terminal&amp;quot; object, if you've created a Pager network.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER KEY = #BACEECBE-5F9F-4322-B79E-7414C818BEB5&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of the channel that you would like to have alerts sent to.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Channel names are case-sensitive.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Can't find your channel name?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Click on your Computer Terminal and select &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;Channels&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; / &amp;lt;kbd&amp;gt;List&amp;lt;/kbd&amp;gt; for a full readout of your registered channels.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER CHANNEL = YOUR_CHANNEL_NAME&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TONE OUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the type of alert that you would like to receive: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Speaker&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Both&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TONE OUT = Both&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Enable this feature temporarily if you are not receiving Pager alerts properly, as it will output any error messages to help you troubleshoot the problem.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;PAGER DEBUG = FALSE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input your Discord Webhook URL.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;DISCORD WEBHOOK = https://discord.com/api/webhooks/747191624765014036/IrMD-_jTlSTxUlliwmIk3aXYpAv7E4561pFI90kKSSE7o35BeRvyiYAORSuvucS869j1&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* This is the alert message that will be relayed to your Pagers and/or your Discord Server. To include alarm details in your message dynamically, you may include the following keywords:&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;LOCATION&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the &amp;quot;SENSOR NAME&amp;quot; value that has been set in the Home Panel configuration&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((INTRUDER))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the name of the user that was detected by a sensor, that caused the alarm to trigger&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((TIME))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; — This will insert the time of the alarm (Second Life time).&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If left blank&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, a default alert will be set.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example:&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;OUTPUT MESSAGE = BURGLAR ALARM ACTIVATED - [Location: ((LOCATION))] - [Sensor: ((SENSOR))] - [Triggered By: ((INTRUDER))] - [Time: ((TIME))]&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Control Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Panel ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Home Panel&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Home Panel:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network (aka: alarm ID) that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration. This will allow the Home Panel to sync to your Control Panel.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* With each alarm network, you must have one Home Panel act as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot;; this will effectively make it so additional Home Panels that are rezzed, if needed, to act as relays and will refer to the &amp;quot;Masters&amp;quot; configuration instead of it's own.&lt;br /&gt;
##** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;For instance:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you were setting up an alarm system in a home and wanted a Home Panel located in each room, you would only need to set &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;one of them&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; as the &amp;quot;Master Panel&amp;quot; and have it fully configured. All other Home Panels would simply require just the shared &amp;quot;Alarm ID&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to make it the primary Home Panel in your setup.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;MASTER PANEL = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the amount of &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;seconds&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; the alarm should sound for, before it is silenced automatically if no users are around to silence it themselves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TIMEOUT = 300&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, after an alarm has timed-out, the sensors will re-enable automatically and continue to monitor for intruders.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Otherwise if &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;FALSE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the system will require manual user intervention to re-arm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;REMAIN ARMED AFTER TIMEOUT = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ACCESS&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set the basic access mode for this panel. You can either set it to: &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Owner&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyone&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
##* Those with access will be able to arm/disarm the system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ACCESS = Owner&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;WHITELIST&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of user(s) that should &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; trigger an alarm. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Including yourself&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, if you do not want to trigger the alarm when in presence of a sensor.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To add multiple users&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, separate the names with a comma (CSV format).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;WHITELIST = Johnny Nexen, Shymus Roffo&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LOCATION&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a location description for this Home Panel. The location value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((LOCATION))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;LOCATION = Nexus Corporate Tower&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Home Panel is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sensors ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez your preferred style of sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Straight Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Angled Sensor&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Sensor:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RANGE&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the range for this sensor, you can set the range between &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;96&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; meters.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure what range to set?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Use the included &amp;quot;Sensor Range HUD&amp;quot;. Simply move your Sensor into it's permanent position and equip the HUD to find the range.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;RANGE = 15&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The remaining section is only applicable for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Pager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and/or &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Discord&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; alerts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;SENSOR NAME&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Set a name description for this Sensor. The name value you set will be replaced with &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;((SENSOR))&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if set in your &amp;quot;output message&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;SENSOR = Front Entrance&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Sensor is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Speaker ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Speaker&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Alarm:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If you wish to change the default alarm sound, input the UUID for the sound you wish to set.&lt;br /&gt;
##* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Unsure where to find the UUID?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Open your inventory, locate the sound you would like to use, then right-click and select &amp;quot;Copy Asset UUID&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM SOUND = 6e37a900-816a-753e-514c-258eb8e90f85&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Speaker is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Emergency Light ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is an optional component&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus Burglar Alarm - Emergency Light&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-click &amp;amp;amp; Edit.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the Contents tab and open the &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot; notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go through each section to configure your Emergency Light:&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;ALARM ID&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* Input the name of your alarm network that you previously set in your Control Panel configuration.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;ALARM ID = Home&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##* If set to &amp;lt;code style=&amp;quot;color:#E38A2B&amp;quot;&amp;gt;TRUE&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, the light will automatically turn on when an alarm is triggered.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;TURN ON WHEN ALARM = TRUE&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:#6BBB00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your Emergency Light is Ready!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:ObjectSetGroup.png</id>
		<title>File:ObjectSetGroup.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/File:ObjectSetGroup.png"/>
				<updated>2023-10-08T20:23:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2023-09-07T14:21:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.3.2&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Bug Fix:  &amp;quot;RolePay Store Addon - Cash Register: User sending money is not registered in this network.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed an issue with the 'payment' feature; system was not charging the specified card user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.0&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Toll_System_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Toll System Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Toll_System_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2022-05-24T20:29:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: reflects changes for v1.1&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Toll System Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you close any of the textboxes during the setup, simply click the Payment Machine to make it re-appear!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez the &amp;quot;Toll Payment Machine&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Toll Barrier&amp;quot; objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Payment Machine and input your RolePay API key into the textbox when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the toll fee you would like to charge.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Click the Barrier&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; to form a connection to the Payment Machine.&lt;br /&gt;
* Your Toll System should now be operational!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using The Toll Payment Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To make a toll payment, simply touch the Payment Machine.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;By default, all collected fees will be deposited into the Network Funds; this can be changed (view configuration below).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Toll Payment Machine''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The configuration menu can only be accessed by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;owner&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br/ &amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To access the configuration menu&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;click and HOLD&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; the Toll Payment Machine for 2+ seconds; the configuration menu will then appear and provide the following options:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Toggle Light&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Shows/Hides the stop/go light on the Toll Barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RESET&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; will completely reset the Toll System, requiring you to repeat the setup steps.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Touch Dist&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; allows you to specify the maximum distance a user can be to interact with this system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Set Price&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; allows you to change the toll fee amount.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Whitelist&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is used to waive toll fees for users that are apart of specific groups (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Max: 10 groups&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;). A user that is apart of a whitelisted group will simply need to activate their group tag before proceeding through the Toll.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fund Dest.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; allows you to specify where the received toll payments should be deposited to. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;By default&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, all funds are deposited into the Network Fund. If you would rather have the funds sent to a specific user instead, simply input their username into the textbox and submit. (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you wish to revert back and have funds deposited to the Network Fund, simply leave the textbox &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;blank&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and submit.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using The Toll Barrier&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Toll Barrier is used in conjunction with the Toll Payment Machine.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The barrier only works when a payment has been successfully processed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Barrier Arm Collision Warning''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a payment has been processed and the arm barrier opens, the user will have 10 seconds to pass.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If a user is in the path of the arm barrier while its attempting to close, an alarm will sound; if the obstacle has not been cleared after three (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) consecutive warnings, the arm barrier will automatically close.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''version: 1.1''' (05/24/2022) ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Bug Fix — Payment machine becoming stuck during payment process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bug Fix — Failing to show/hide the Barrier stop/go light.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvement — Made it easier to connect the Toll Barrier during the initial setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvement — Replaced &amp;quot;Group Mode&amp;quot; with a &amp;quot;Whitelist&amp;quot; option; allows you to waive the toll fee for up to 10 groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Improvement — You can now specify the touch distance (the max distance a user can be to still use the system).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''version: 1.0''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Product Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Rolepay_Money_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Rolepay Money System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Rolepay_Money_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-04-29T07:33:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System|← Rolepay Money System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Product Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This documentation is relevant to the most recent version.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Anything outdated will not work with this documentation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;For information on what has been added in recent versions or if there have been any updates, please view the [[Rolepay Money System/Version History|version history]] for the RolePay System.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;RolePay Server&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;All information in this article is regarding the most recent server to run a network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The server is used to start a network, with it you are able to distribute cards and access the web interface.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;It also gives support staff members access to your network information and web dashboard.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Server Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Your server is used as a gateway to your web dashboard, without it you will not be able to distribute cards or access features that would require you to be online.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;One of the first things you will get asked when you rez the server is if you would like to Register a network.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This will create a new network with nothing on it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After creation you will get an error saying that you are missing a card. This error will happen until you place the RolePay Credit Card into the inventory of the server. Please remember that it must be configured.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Server Dialog''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Don't know what the buttons do on your server, refer to this simple reference.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dashboard''' will take you to the web interface. It will require you to go to your browser.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Reset''' will reset the server to factory removing all the network information off the server. (''This is not recommended unless your network is broken. Please contact support before resetting.'')&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Re-Obtain''' will reset the server, except it will keep all network settings. It is good to refresh it once a week.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Exit''' will exit the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;RolePay Registration Terminal&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The registration terminal allows users to get registered into your network and possibly adding funds into their account.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Terminal Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:75%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:50px;position:relative;top:-12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Due to an update in Linden Lab's Gaming Policy. We are not allowed to sell virtual currency. This means that the '''Add Funds''' feature will no longer work. You may still be prompted sometimes to allow it if using an older version, however it will not do anything.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The follow things can be done using the terminal.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Register into a network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Receive a new credit card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Terminal Dialog''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Don't know what the buttons do on your terminal, refer to this simple reference.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Register''' will register the user into the network and send them a card if they are not registered.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''New Card''' will send them a card from the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;RolePay Credit Card&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The card is the most important tool that you can use for the RolePay Money System.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Without this tool you will not be able to transfer money. You will also be able to view how much money you're carrying.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Transfering Money''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to transfer money to other users? Before these steps can be taken, please make sure that there is someone within 10 meters of you and registered into the same network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the tab on the right side of your card.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &amp;quot;Transfer Funds&amp;quot; on the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select a person from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the amount of money to transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Press Confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You did it! You just transferred money. Please remember, you will actually have to have the money in the account to transfer it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Card Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;As you might have guessed, there are a lot of settings on the card HUD. A lot of them are not explained well. But that's what this documentation is for isn't it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Any settings changed on the current card will be loaded onto other cards you have in that network. If you turn off sounds on one card, and you get a new card. The settings will be loaded and sounds will be turned off after loading the settings.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Sound''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This button is used to turn off the sounds that you receive when ever someone gives you money.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The feature is simply Enable / Disable. All you have to do is click it once and it will be saved.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Animation''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;When ever you send money to someone that is within 10 meters of you, you will have the option to have an animation show.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This animation will only show how ever if you are wearing the attachment which can be retrieved by clicking Settings -&amp;gt; Attachment and wearing it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you send money and have this feature enabled. Your arm will hold a dollar bill out showing the transfer of money.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Background''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This will allow for you to change the background of the card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To change your background please follow these steps below.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Touch Settings -&amp;gt; Background&lt;br /&gt;
* Get a texture UUID&lt;br /&gt;
* Paste the UUID into the box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Press submit and the texture is changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This feature will not sync across all cards you own in the network. It will only work on this single card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you change a card the background will never change back. Meaning if you are the owner of a network and change the texture, when you distribute the card. The texture will be the same for everyone unless they are to change the texture.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Web Interface&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The web interface is where you manage all settings and features for your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You can also view all transaction logs, and edit user account settings.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are multiple pages, each page will be explained here.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Home Page''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The main page is where you can view the network settings, and statistics.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;It also has a place to view what support members are online to get help for the system. But remember, we also have a group of active customers that are willing to help you.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Server Options''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The server options displays all important information for the server including errors, users registered, how much network funds you have, and the tax.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There is also a feature called notifications. This will give a little popup whenever someone makes a transaction in your network. You will need to be logged in the Web Interface for the notification to show up. You must also have a browser that is up to date.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;We recommend the internet browser [https://www.google.com/intl/en/chrome/browser/ Google Chrome].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Support (Need Help?)''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This is a simple way to see what staff members are online.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These staff members will be able to help you with the system. This also allows you to figure out when they are online and links to the wiki.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Please view the wiki first before contacting them.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Banned Users''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Do you have a user that has been abusing your system? Use this as a way to ban them from your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;They will not be able to do anything within the network. This includes register, transfer funds, and receive funds.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''How to Ban Someone'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the button &amp;quot;Add To Ban List&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter their Username (not display name)&lt;br /&gt;
* If their name is found they will be added on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''How to Un-Ban Someone'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate their name in the ban list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click remove next to their name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Poof, their off the list free to continue what ever they want in your network. (''Well, not whatever...'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Users Page''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This page will show all account information for every user registered in your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You will also be able to remove users and give them money.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Deleting a User''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Please remember once this is done, you cannot undo it.''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To delete a user, simply navigate to their name and select the &amp;quot;Manage&amp;quot; button. A dialog will appear, then simply touch the button &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;, and their information and account will be deleted from your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Deleting Multiple Users''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Please remember once this is done, you cannot undo it.''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To delete a bulk amount of users, simply click on the row of each user that you would like to have deleted from your network &amp;amp;mdash; selected rows will become highlighted &amp;amp;mdash; once you've finished making your selections, simply click the &amp;quot;Remove Selected Users&amp;quot; button at the top of the table, and select &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; when the dialog confirmation appears; the selected users will then be removed permanently.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;To undo a selection&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, click on the desired row and it will no longer be highlighted.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; You can only delete users that are currently in view. If you have a lot of users, you cannot jump between pages and make selections. Instead, increase the entries from the default &amp;quot;10&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;100&amp;quot; and go through one page at a time.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Giving / Removing a User's Money''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;When ever you give/take their money. All funds will be placed into the network funds. Since the money has to go somewhere, the only other destination would be the network owner. That would require the user to give/take to the other user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Follow these steps to give money.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to their name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &amp;quot;Manage&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter a new amount in &amp;quot;Amount of Money&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Press the button &amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bam, their money has been changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Transactions Page''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The transactions page will display all information regarding transactions. The latest transaction will be displayed at the top of the list.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;All information regarding the transaction will be displayed. You are not able to delete the logs.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Settings Page''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings page let's you change all the network settings.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These settings include the Tax and Starting Funds. You are also able to view the network key.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Your network key is the key that our staff members use to access your network when you are having troubles.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Changing the Tax''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To change the tax, simple navigate to the &amp;quot;Tax Percentage box&amp;quot;, change the number and hit the &amp;quot;Update&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Changing the Start Amount''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To change the start amount, simple navigate to the Start &amp;quot;Amount&amp;quot; box, change the number and hit the &amp;quot;Update&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Keys Page''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This page will display all your API keys.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The API keys are used for expansions or add-ons made by scripters to access your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;For information on what an API is and what ours is capable, please visit our [[Rolepay Money System/API|API Documentation]]&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Warning!''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;When ever you give an API key out, the user with the key will be able to access other account information.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The user will be able to allocate funds without permission of the account holder.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Use caution when distributing API keys!'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Creating API Keys''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Creating API keys is very simple, all you have to do is press the &amp;quot;Create API Key&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Deleting API Keys''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Deleting API keys is just as simple as creating them.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the Key you would like to delete. Press the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button and it's gone.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Any devices that are using that key will have the error &amp;quot;API Keys does not exist&amp;quot; when ever they try to make calls to our servers.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;RolePay Rebate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''What is RolePay Rebate?''' The rebate is money you get back from purchasing the newer system if you purchased the older version. Sadly due to the extreme amount of changes and addons we are unable to provide the free update to the product. If we gave the product away free we would not be able to pay for our servers to keep the system running.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you recently purchased one of the older versions of the money you are eligible to receive the rebate if the following applies to you.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you purchased the system at our inworld store, PrimBay, or Second Life Marketplace.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you purchased the system from a another person with Affiliate vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you participated on the beta for the product.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You '''will not''' receive the rebate if these terms apply.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Have any more questions about the rebate, please contact one of the support members from Nexus.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Someone purchased the system for you as a gift. (''They are eligible for the rebate not you.'')&lt;br /&gt;
* It was given to you and you did not pay L$.&lt;br /&gt;
* You purchased the newer version v2.0.0+&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Moonshine/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Moonshine/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2022-04-10T21:10:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Moonshine|← Nexus Moonshine]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Moonshine Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Moonshine, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before starting to brew the Moonshine, you will need to take a few steps to set up your still.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a very complex system that will take time, it has some challenge to the system and does not have a high return without effort.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''What's Inside?''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have got everything unpacked, you will notice a lot of tools inside and other items.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the tools and what they are used for.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up Your Cooking Area&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Decide where you're going to be cooking your moonshine at? Well, it's time to get that grill set up.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get An Area Set up ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach The &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine HUD v1.0.0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Attach the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine Hand Attachments&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Water Spout&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Cornmeal Pallet&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Moonshine - Equipment Crate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Set Up The Propane Burner ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before picking up items from the HUD, please remember that you will need to be standing near Equipment crate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Burner on the HUD.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go into Mouselook and click where you would like to place the propane burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Propane Tank and touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Stove Items -&amp;gt; Metal Pot then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Tools -&amp;gt; Thermometer then touch the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, you've got your area all set up! Now time to get cooking.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Preparing The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very safe, but can't be a waste of time if not done correctly. Follow instructions carefully to avoid burning the mash and having to redo this process over again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Black smoke means the mash is over the temp range (Burning.)&lt;br /&gt;
* White smoke means the mash is in the ideal range range.&lt;br /&gt;
* Boiling water means the mash is ready for the next ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
* The mash will cook/burn faster while the pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ingredients cannot be added while pot lid is on.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are having trouble keeping the temperature under control, add the regulator to the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Cornmeal to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Corn Meal on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add Barley to the Pot. (Ingredients -&amp;gt; Barley on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Water Pitcher on HUD. (Tools -&amp;gt; Water Pitcher)&lt;br /&gt;
# Walk over to the Water Spout and fill the pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Repeat last 2 steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the gas on and light the stove with the lighter. (Touch near propane handle and turn. Tools -&amp;gt; Lighter on HUD)&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the temperature by turning the handle up or down. &lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 175-185.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cook until the water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Packets of Alpha Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 140-150.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 3 Spoonfuls of Beta Amalyze.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 125-135.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cooking until water begins boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cooking The Mash Pt.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 1 Spoonful of Yeast Nutrient.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add 2 Spoonful of Dry Yeast.&lt;br /&gt;
# Keep the temperature between 100-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#2f6d2e&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Congratulations, You've completed cooking the Corn Mash. Don't forget to turn off your burner.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Distilling The Corn Mash&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This step can be very dangerous. If you do not keep track of the temperature and burn the mash. Your still will explode. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important Notable Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
* If you go over temperature and burn the moonshine, the still will explode.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removing the Copper head will lower the pressure in the pot and will decrease the percentage of the shine cooked.&lt;br /&gt;
* You will know you're at the perfect cooking temperature when the corn mash is boiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting Up The Copper Still ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Set up a brand new propane burner and tank next to your current one.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Wooden Stool onto the burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Coil onto the Wooden Stool.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Pot onto the Propane Burner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Paper Filter onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Pickup the Metal pot from the propane burner that you just cooked from.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pour the metal pot into the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get rid of the metal pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the paper filter from the copper pot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place a Copper Head onto the Copper Pot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filling The Copper Pot ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This part can cause the pot to explode. Make sure to read the Important Notable Items above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Light the burner, and maintain 120-130.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the copper pot is giving water boiling sounds, then you are at the current temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the copper pot begins dripping, select the Glass Jar from your HUD and click the Copper Coil.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the glass jar is full, click it to have the final product delivered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get a total of 4 jars. 1 Methanol (This can be throw like a molotov cocktail.) and 3 Drinkable Moonshine Jars. (Attach to drink.)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2022-01-03T02:55:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.2&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Bug Fix:  &amp;quot;RolePay Store Addon - Cash Register: User sending money is not registered in this network.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed an issue with the 'payment' feature; system was not charging the specified card user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.0&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Burglar Alarm/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Burglar_Alarm/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-09-09T01:26:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: v1.0.1 changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Burglar Alarms|← Nexus Burglar Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* v1.0.0's Name2Key service was deprecated. We've replaced the service with a new internal process.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Controller and Home Panel access issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed listener issues&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed sensor spam&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>Nexus Pager System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Pager_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T16:16:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Added bug notes to v3.0.3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Pager System|← Nexus Pager System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Don't receive your update? Simply visit our in-world store and select a redelivery from the terminals in any of the stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Looking for your version number of your package? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the version number on the box sent by the vendors. If you purchased off the marketplace, the version is displayed in the help notecard supplied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.3&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed bug that caused the pager to lose connection from the server, causing it to no longer receive transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.2&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagers &amp;amp; speakers will now properly update in the database, instead of creating a new record when rezzed/worn.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a new pager is worn by a user, any old pagers that were once associated with that particular user and network id will now be removed automatically from the database - only keeping the latest pager record.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modified the multi_curl process; the system will now check the status code of each pager URL it attempts to send the transmission to, if the status code != 200 it will remove the pager/speaker from the database as it's considered to no longer exist.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a sound option to the Computer Terminal, which when clicked will toggle the fan sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.1&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed bug where pager would reset itself after being sent to someone else.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added feature to prevent user from configuring pager when worn. This prevents the bug above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 3.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed need for passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Channels to each network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Access List to be used without a notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with only one speaker working for a single network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created Transmitter to send messages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated all Mesh Models.&lt;br /&gt;
* Created a new Developer API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recreated Database and Server Software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.1.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with URLs not refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with Pager not releasing previous URLs.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added API Object to work with the Fire Alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 2.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete Rebuild &amp;amp; Rewrite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2021-02-24T20:43:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Added &amp;quot;clocked_in_count&amp;quot; API action&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Payout&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout all users that are eligible for a payout.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_everyone/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: [{&amp;quot;paid&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen&amp;quot;}]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payout User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user you're wanting to pay out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen was successfully paid $27.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocked-in Count&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will fetch the number of users currently clocked-in.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clocked_in_count)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clocked_in_count/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;There are currently 6 users clocked-in.&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;total&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Timeclock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old timeclock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new timeclock. Once set, left-click the timeclock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.4&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; An issue preventing Dashboard access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2020-12-14T17:47:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you set up a network successfully if all steps are done properly. '''It is highly recommended to read that guide before reading this.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Use This Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The documentation is built into three parts. Server, Radio, and Web Interface.&lt;br /&gt;
: Every feature on here is sorted to help you find what you're looking for. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are unable to find something, please refer to the table of contents on the right side of the page. If you are still unable to find what you're looking for, you can try messaging in our group chat ''Nexus Roleplay System'' or file a ticket here: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Server&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The GridNet Server is an item that is rezzed in-world. This item is used to keep the network in your name, handle distribution servers, and prevent others from stealing your network name.&lt;br /&gt;
: When you create a network, the server will need to remain rezzed. If it is not rezzed, someone will have the ability to steal your network name. The server prevents that until you delete the network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.11&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once submitting the network name, you'll receive a prompt to open the webpage. This will lead you to the GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Server For? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is used for large purposes. There are multiple reasons that a network's server needs to be rezzed.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Here are some of the reasons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server acts as an interface to the web dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server allows you configure items to the network.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server creates distribution servers and manages their load.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server manages the radio network's repeater.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Network Repeater? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: In the real world, a radio repeater is used to get a radio signal and repeat it over a larger distance. &lt;br /&gt;
: For us, the radio repeater is used as a way to verify with the server that there are active and connected devices. &lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater plays an important role in keeping the network stable. It keeps everything synced across the radios. &lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Know The Repeater Is Working? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Every hour you will hear morse code giving off the repeater code. This is the repeater re-syncing with the server making sure that all the radios are on the same page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If there are no radios connected the repeater will not fire off its repeater code until a new device connects.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Disable The Repeater Noise? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater morse code can easily be turned off on the web interface. &lt;br /&gt;
'''Follow These Steps To Disable It'''&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to your network dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the Settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn the &amp;quot;Enable Repeater&amp;quot; checkmark off.&lt;br /&gt;
:Please remember, this does not turn the repeater permanently off, it does not affect performance with the servers. It will just turn off the noise that the repeater makes when it syncs to the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server Updates ==&lt;br /&gt;
:When your server is outdated, it will be clearly visible and will inform you via floating text.&lt;br /&gt;
:The server will not stop working just because the server is outdated. __You will not be able to configure anything to the server while in this mode.__&lt;br /&gt;
:Worried about losing your network or data? Don't worry, Network data is &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; lost when updating.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To Update Your Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
#When your server gets outdated. (Visible from the floating text.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to request an ''Update USB''. (Will be sent directly from our servers.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the USB next to the server. &lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the USB then Touch the server.&lt;br /&gt;
#It will then start updating. (&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do Not Touch or Delete Anything!&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; If that is done, you're risking data corruption and a lost network.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the update is complete, the server will turn itself back on and work just like new!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Radios&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:This section applies to all radio models. All radios function exactly the same except models that are animated. &lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring Items/Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Configuring an item to work with your network is very simple. If you have an official item we have created, the configuration is quick and simple.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - There are steps recommended before configuring the radio. You will need to create zones and channels before configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
:For more information on setting up the network, please follow the ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio too.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
== Using The Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Now that you have your radio set up, using the radios is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you first pull up the radio and attach it, you will need to give it a second to load. If it is your first time wearing the radio, it will configure and reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Happens When Attached? ===&lt;br /&gt;
:When the radio is attached to a person, there are a few steps that happen before the radio is usable. &lt;br /&gt;
:Here is what happens once a radio is attached.&lt;br /&gt;
#If this is your first time attaching the radio, it will clear all the settings and variables from the old owner.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check if you are banned from the network. If you are; the radio will not move any further.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check to see if group access is enabled and determine if you are in the correct group.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will load all the channels for the zone the radio is configured in and prompt for you to pick one.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you have picked your channel, your radio will then register with the network and show it online. Your radio is now usable!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Operations ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Once operational, the radio will work in a structure of radios. The structure is very important as to who you can talk too. &lt;br /&gt;
:This structure is very simple. Transmissions are as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
==== Global ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on the global, your message will be transmitted to every radio that is on the radio network. This includes all zones and all channels.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zone ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a zone, your message is sent to all radios configured to the matching zone. If your radio is configured to zone ''Fire Dept'', then your message will go to every radio in that same zone.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Channel ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a channel, the message will be sent to every radio in that channel only.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Settings &amp;amp; Dialog ===&lt;br /&gt;
:There are multiple settings that can be changed within the radios. This can be accessed by simply typing __/1 menu__ or touching the radio. &lt;br /&gt;
:These settings are as defined.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change Chan''' This will change the channel that the radio is set too. For example, if you are on Tac-1 then you can switch to another channel like Tac-2.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Settings''' This will allow you to change some of the settings for the radio in the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Verbose''' This setting will allow you to set how the message is received/transmitted to you.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rOwner/tOwner''' Sets the radio to __OwnerSay Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rSay/tSay''' Sets the radio to __Say Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rWhisper/tWhisper''' Sets the radio to __Whisper Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Transmit Channels''' This will allow you to change the chat channels to other channels. Example; change /5 to /12 or other.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Global''' Sets the chat channel for Global transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Zone''' Sets the chat channel for Zone transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Channel''' Sets the chat channel for Channel transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Animations''' If your radio allows for animations, this is how to enable/disable them.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Enable Anim''' This will __Enable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Disable Anim''' This will __Disable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Sounds''' This will allow you to change the sounds used by the radio. (''You will need to enter a UUID'')&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Transmit''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Transmit__ a message. &lt;br /&gt;
***'''Receive''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Receive__ a message.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Call Sign''' Your callsign is how your name is displayed on the radios when a message is sent across Global/Zone/Channel.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Web Interface&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The web interface is where most of the work happens on your network. A large majority of your network will be managed here.&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When logging in, you will be met with two options Network Manager and Network Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''If this is your first time logging in, you will be forced to change your password.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Owner; you will need to log in through this method. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Manager; this is your way. Please remember that the password is specific to that network. You can have two different passwords per network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Forgotten Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have forgotten your password, these are the steps that you take to reset your password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Owners ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Select [https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/forgot-password Forgot Password] on the home page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your Second Life Username and Captcha.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be IMed by one of our bots supplying you a link to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have navigated to that link, you will be able to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have changed your password, you will be able to access your account like normal.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you are still unable to access your account, please file a ticket at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will manually reset your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Managers ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are a network manager, you will need to contact another Manager in the network or the network owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: They will need to manually reset your password for you through the network manager page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network owner will not reset your password, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DO NOT CONTACT SUPPORT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. We do not reset the Network Manager's passwords. That is solely up to the Network Owner. They could have changed it to lock you out, so we will not manage it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you're a Network Owner and you're having trouble resetting a Network Manager's password, then you can contact support at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will gladly help you.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The Network Selection page will list all the networks that you are an Owner of. If you do not own the network, it will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
: __If you are a Network Manager; you will not see this page, you will be logged straight into the network your Manager account is registered too.__&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In To Your Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Logging in to your network is extremely simple and completed in a very simple step.&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the network you'd like to manage.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the blue arrow on the right upper corner of the network box.&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting A Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Once you delete a network, the effects are permanent. Please __do not contact support__ asking us to undo the mistake. We cannot undo the mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have decided that you no longer need the network or you have made errors and want to start over. Deleting your network is extremely simple.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow These Steps To Delete Your Network'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete your network server in-world. (This will make the server show up red on the network dashboard.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Once deleted, navigate back to the web dashboard and select the Trash can in the top-right corner of the network.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will then need to enter the Network Name exactly and confirm you're not a bot.&lt;br /&gt;
# This will then delete the Network Permanently.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why Is My Network Showing Red? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network is showing up on the dashboard red, then our servers are not able to communicate with your Network Server In-World.&lt;br /&gt;
: There are Two reasons why this can happen.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Server Still Loading ====&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have just created the network server, then it will take a few seconds for the network server to finish setting itself up and register itself on the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
: Most of the time this is caused because you loaded the web dashboard before the In-World finished it's loading. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''To fix it, simply refresh your web browser.'''&lt;br /&gt;
==== Poor Region Performance ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The second reason is your Region that your server is in is not able to be contacted or our servers cannot send messages to the server in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
: This is caused by poor performance in the region. &lt;br /&gt;
: To check if there are performance issues in the region, simply use your Second Life Browser. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Firestorm''' : In your toolbar, navigate to Advanced -&amp;gt; Performance Tools -&amp;gt; Statistics ''CTRL+SHIFT+1''&lt;br /&gt;
: You will need to verify that the Region's FPS is above 40, the Scripts Run is below 90%&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Free URLs ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The region has no available Free URLS. This can easily be checked with your Second Life Viewer. &lt;br /&gt;
: This can easily be checked with a script placed into a prim. This script can easily be found on the [http://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/LlGetFreeURLs Second Life Wiki].&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scripting Disabled In Parcel/Region ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Scripts may be disabled for the land.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have scripts disabled for everything except the land group, the server may be set to the wrong group.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be fixed by either enabling scripts in the parcel or setting the server to the land group.&lt;br /&gt;
== Nexus I.T. Services ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are wanting a stable environment to store your server, Nexus has a wonderful place to store the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: Nexus I.T. Services allows you to pay monthly for a 15LI Server Rack that can allow you to store your servers for a long period.&lt;br /&gt;
: All Nexus customers receive a free month if they purchase 3 months. Each rack costs 99L$ a month.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Dashboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The ''Network Dashboard'' is the home base of operation. Here you can see basic statistics of your network and the latest messages in your network.&lt;br /&gt;
: Although there is nothing that can be changed, you can easily navigate around the website.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating Around ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Server-Select.png|50px|none]] '''Change Network''' This can easily be accessed at the top by clicking the three server's icon. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Logout.png|50px|none]] '''Log-Out''' This will log you out of GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Settings''' This page is made to let you change the basic settings of the network, adjust the ban list, and set the group access.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Managers''' This page will allow you to add, remove, and edit Manager's privileges. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Zone Editor''' This page will let you edit the channels and zones for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Transmissions''' This page will allow you to view transmissions specific to the zone.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Radio List''' The radio list will let you view information about the radios that are currently connected to the network and actively worn by users.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''API''' The API is where you can go to manage your API keys used for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Distribution''' This page will allow you to manage your distribution network and servers. Information can also be viewed from the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you are able to adjust your network settings to better fit your network's needs. &lt;br /&gt;
: Along with the settings, you can also manage your ban list and set the groups that can use the radio system.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discord Support ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is a very good tool used by Gamers to better help communicate. Discord can be found at the [http://discordapp.com/ Discord Website] &lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is not affiliated with Nexus in anyway and solely managed by separate entities. Nexus does not endorse/promote/discourage Discord in any way. &lt;br /&gt;
: ''Please note, although Discord is there, it does '''not currently''' have the ability to send messages via discord. It is currently just used to receive messages. We are looking for methods or ways to send messages in Discord.''&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Add The Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is very simple to link to your Network. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow these steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the __Connect Discord Server__ Button.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will get sent to the Discord website. You may need to Log-In.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select a server you would like to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the server -&amp;gt; channel you are going to create a webhook for the bot to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hit Authorize. This will put the bot into the server.&lt;br /&gt;
: Now that you have the Discord bot in your server, you will need to configure everything inside your server.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Configure Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the bot is in the server, type /help (This will give a step by step guide.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you do not have the text channel created, go ahead and create it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the bot has the correct privileges to send messages on the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the channel is set correctly, simply type /setup in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# If everything is set up correctly, you can send a quick message from your radio and see it in Discord.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enable Repeater ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater, as explained above is used to keep the in-world server synced with the Nexus servers. &lt;br /&gt;
: This checkbox will disable the noise that the repeater makes when the repeater fires.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enable EMAS (Emergency Mutual Aid Station) ===&lt;br /&gt;
: EMAS is a global station that connects all radio networks using GridNet into one channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: This channel is separate from your network. Other networks can only post into EMAS and can only see what you post into EMAS. It is a good way to broadcast the need for assistance and get help from other departments. &lt;br /&gt;
: To enable it, simply check the box and all radios in your network will load the new network settings. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Show Channel Join ===&lt;br /&gt;
: This setting will enable Join Messages when a user joins a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: If a user attaches a radio on the channel that you are currently on, you will see the message when they join.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group Restrictions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The group restrictions allows you to enable the network radios to only be used by a certain group. &lt;br /&gt;
: The turn this feature on, simply turn on the checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have the group restrictions enabled, you can simply add the group by pressing ''Add Group'' button on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
: You will get a pop-up, simply place the Group's UUID (Example: 45fd6037-2cf2-0a42-cfc5-938303add5f2) inside the pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Then it will add the group and all radios in the network will be reset.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: To remove a group, simply go to the group you would like to remove and click the trash can to the right of the name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ban List ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have a person that has caused a large disturbance in your network and you would like to ban them, this feature works great.&lt;br /&gt;
: To ban someone, simple press the ''Ban User'' button and enter their name.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you ban them, it will forcibly remove their radio and they will be banned from the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Managers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you would like other users to be able to manage your system while you are away, simply add them as a manager.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you only want them to have certain permissions, that can easily be done right after you have registered them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding A New Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Adding a new manager is very easy. Follow these steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the ''Add Manager'' button in the top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Type in their name in the Pop-Up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they're registered in your manager list, they will be sent a link to set up a password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changing Manager Permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To modify a new Manager's permissions and restrict him to certain pages, simply open their box on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
: Inside there you will be able to find the pages they are able to access. If you would like to adjust that, select the pages you want and hit ''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Manager's Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If a manager is having difficulties logging in to the network, you can change their password by clicking the ''Change Password'' button.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have entered and confirmed the password, you will need to send them their new password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete A Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a manager on your network and would like to get rid of them. This can easily be done by deleting their account.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete their account, simply find their account in the window, and select ''Delete'' from the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
== Zone Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The zone editor is where you edit all the channel and zones within your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are starting a network for the first time and need help setting up your channels, please follow our [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started] guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Are Zones? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Zones are like networks within your networks. Radios are configured to the zone and can communicate privately to the other radios configured in the network. &lt;br /&gt;
: However, they can not communicate to other radios in other zones unless they are using the global frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
: They also can only connect to other channels in that network only. If you have a police department and fire department zone with Tac-1 in PD and Eng-1 in FD. A radio from PD cannot send messages into Eng-1.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a zone, simply click ''Add Zone'', then when pop-up shows, give it a name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you made a spelling error or just need to get rid of a zone that you had created. You can easily delete the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete the zone, simply touch the trash can in the Top-Right of the Zone Box.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Brefore creating a channel, you must have a zone created.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a channel, simply click the ''Create Channel'' button inside the Zone Box. Give the channel a name, and you have a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are sick of the channels, you can easily delete them by clicking the trash can next to the channel's name inside the Zone Box for the channel that was created.&lt;br /&gt;
== Transmissions ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This is '''NOT''' used track public/local chat. It is only used to gather '''RADIO TRANSMISSIONS ONLY'''.&lt;br /&gt;
: This page will allow you to see and track the transmissions from your zones. This is a detailed way of seeing what's going on without being online.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Want to see the whole network transmissions? Go to the Home Dashboard.'''&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing Transmissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: In order you view the transmissions, you will first need to figure out which Zone you would like to view. After that, you can simply click the zone, and watch the transmissions flow in.&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio List ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio list allows you to see who is wearing a radio. &lt;br /&gt;
: If they are wearing a radio, you can see basic information about their radio. Such as, Region they are in, Call Sign, Channel, Zone, and Username.&lt;br /&gt;
: If needed, you can detach their radio. (Used if you ban them or make changes to the network.)&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio API ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio API is very complex, please view our API documentation here : [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=Gridnet_Radio_System/API GridNet Developer API]&lt;br /&gt;
: There are examples, and more information pertaining to the API and how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember this is an advanced API. You will need a good deal of scripting knowledge to make stuff work with it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution Networks ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Your distribution networks are used to allow distribution of your radios without having to give a radio out to any of your Generals, Chiefs, or Admins.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will make one central location where you can track the distribution and make sure that certain servers only carry certain radios.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setting Up A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Setting up a distribution server will require space under the server's location. We highly recommend that you get a rack and leave it at the top of the rack if you intend on having multiple distribution servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''To set up your rack, follow these steps.'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Select ''Create Distribution Server'' from the buttons on top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for the server to load in world and everything to set itself up. This will take less than 15 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the page has automatically refreshed, you will see the server in-world and on the web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go in-world and add the radios you would like sent from this server. '''DO NOT REMOVE WHAT'S ALREADY INSIDE IT (Scripts and Giver object)'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename your server in-world to something appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have added all your radios. Go back to the Web Interface and confirm they show all the contents of the server.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the web interface under the server, select ''Create Giver'' from the buttons. (This will create a giver in front of the server in-world.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Simply take the giver into your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: You are now ready to distribute radios from this server with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Does The Giver Work? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The giver works very easily, simply rez it somewhere you would like to give out radios, set the group, and it will work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Whenever someone with the matching group touches it, they will be able to select an item from the distribution server's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they have selected their item, the item will be sent to them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Can I Send Stuff Other Than Radios? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Yes, you can send whatever kind of items you want.&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is made to fit as much shit as you can fit inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a distribution server, '''DO NOT''' delete the server in-world.&lt;br /&gt;
: Delete the server from the web interface correctly. This will remove it from the stack of server and will free up the space. It will also remove it from the web interface.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started"/>
				<updated>2020-12-14T17:42:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our guide here for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you setup a network successfully, if all steps are done properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating a New Network&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Server Placement''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;We highly suggest&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; that you place the server in an area that meets the following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
:*A location where the server can remain rezzed &amp;amp;amp; running 100% of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
:*A location where you're permitted to rez objects. The server has a rezzing feature built-in that will automatically rez a distribution server &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;underneath&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; the main server when requested.&lt;br /&gt;
:**You should leave about 0.2100m of clearance underneath the server in case you do intend to setup a distribution server to prevent it from merging into another object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Setting up Your Server''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.11&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your network has been created, you'll receive a dialog prompt to visit a webpage; this will lead you to your GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating Zones &amp;amp;amp; Channels&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:To begin creating your first zone &amp;amp;amp; channel, you will need to navigate to the &amp;quot;Zone Editor&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Add Zone&amp;quot; and enter the desired zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your zone has been created, you can select &amp;quot;Add Channel&amp;quot; from within the zone and enter the desired channel name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that you have created your first zone and channel, you can now proceed to configure a radio!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Configuring a Radio&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - If you haven't created a zone &amp;amp;amp; channel yet, please go back and follow the previous step before proceeding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Located in the &amp;quot;GridNet Radio System&amp;quot; folder are 15+ radio models to choose from. Go ahead and determine which radio model you'd like to configure to your network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have chosen a radio model that you'd like to configure, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;rez the radio next to the server&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio to.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Rolepay_Money_System/Getting_Started</id>
		<title>Rolepay Money System/Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Rolepay_Money_System/Getting_Started"/>
				<updated>2020-12-13T00:44:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System|← Rolepay Money System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: New to the system? Follow our guide here for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
: This guide will help you set up a network successfully if all steps are done properly.&lt;br /&gt;
: Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to contact support with a ticket. [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Your First Steps&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt; What are the first actions you should be taking? Well let's first decide what we want to do first. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go ahead and follow below to learn how to setup your server and get acquainted with the web interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up your Server&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Now that you know everything is in your box, time to set up your server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go ahead and find the server in your inventory and rez it on the ground.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''If you would like rez the server rack and place the server inside it.''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Time to setup your server!'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Touch the server to register it.&lt;br /&gt;
* When the server asks you to open a link. Go to the page.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Did you receive an error?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Click your server and select &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Re-Obtain&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; from the menu. Wait a few seconds and then attempt to access the Dashboard once again.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now that you are at the web interface, navigate too 'Settings'.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the start amount(if you want)&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the tax.(if you want)&lt;br /&gt;
* Congratulations, you just set up a network!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You may have noticed the 1 Issue under server options.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Don't worry, we are going to go ahead and fix that!&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making the Credit Cards&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;You found your first issue? Well let's resolve it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please find the 'RolePay Credit Card' and follow these steps.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez the credit card &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;next to the server&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for it to configure.&lt;br /&gt;
* Take it into your inventory once it's complete.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set your card to No-Transfer permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop the Credit Card into the Server's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for it to update and you're done!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Congratulations, you just completed the card! Now your users will be able to receive the card when they register.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up your Terminal&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:75%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:50px;position:relative;top:-12px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Due to an update in Linden Lab's Gaming Policy. We are not allowed to sell virtual currency. This means that the '''Add Funds''' feature will no longer work. You may still be prompted sometimes to allow it if using an older version, however it will not do anything.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Wondering how users are supposed to get registered into your network?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Well, it's very simple.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Follow these steps to allow users to register into your network.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez the Registration Terminal next to Network Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for it to configure.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configuration is complete!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Registered&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Anyone can register to your network simply by accessing the Terminal.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Touch the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select register.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for your card. If you don't receive your Credit Card, Touch the terminal and select &amp;quot;New Card&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Congratulations, you are now registered into a network.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Now that you have money, step out into the beautiful world and enjoy life with it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using The Card&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Trying to use your card but find it confusing? Don't know what your card is capable of?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All the features are listed below.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Transfer Money&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the Card Background&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the Dollar Bill when transfer money.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable / Disable the Sounds.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable / Disable the Animations.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable / Disable the Text Notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you are looking for information on how to use the card, please refer to the product documentation.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All the information about the card will be listed along with every other product part.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can find the documentation [[Rolepay_Money_System/Documentation|here]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What's Next?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Completed this guide and wondering what else you can do with the system?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Have a look at the [[Rolepay_Money_System/Documentation|product documentation]]. You will be able to read about every feature about the money system and the devices listed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are also addons you can get for the system. Would you like to make an Addon for your network. What about someone else's network?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can simply use the API, there are a lot of features. Just remember you will need an API key working with that network for any features to work. You can view the [[Rolepay Money System/API|API here]].&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;We are glad you decided to choose us! Need to contact support, please file a ticket at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ support site].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2020-11-17T18:46:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Payout&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout all users that are eligible for a payout.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_everyone/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: [{&amp;quot;paid&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen&amp;quot;}]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payout User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user you're wanting to pay out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen was successfully paid $27.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Timeclock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old timeclock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new timeclock. Once set, left-click the timeclock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.4&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; An issue preventing Dashboard access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Aileron_Dispatch_System/Civilian_Database</id>
		<title>Aileron Dispatch System/Civilian Database</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Aileron_Dispatch_System/Civilian_Database"/>
				<updated>2019-05-02T22:04:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Aileron Dispatch System|← Aileron Dispatch System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#BE202D&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Product Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This documentation is relevant to the most recent version.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Anything outdated will not always work with this documentation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;For information on what has been added in recent versions or if there have been any updates, please view the [[Aileron Dispatch System/Version History|version history]] for the Aileron Dispatch System.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#BE202D&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Module Information&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;All modules require the Base System. If it does not have the base system, you will not be able to use them.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#BE202D&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What's This Module For?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Civilian Database module let's you manage citizens and give them licensing. You will be able to place civilians into the database and store important information about themselves. Along with that you will be able to issue identification cards that you create within the network. You will be able to create whatever kind of identification cards you can think of. From Concealed Carry, Drivers, and even Fishing Licenses. The world is your oyster.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#BE202D&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Item Information&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This will list all items that are included with the base system and their features.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;It will also include the uses and descriptions of all the items. This will help you better in using the items to their greatest potential.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Aileron License Card Printer''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The License Card Printer is used to print out the license cards for people. When a civilian is created on the network, you will be able to give them a license, select their license, then print it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''To Setup the the printer, rez it next to your network server and touch it.''' Once you have configured it, take it into your inventory and place it where it will be needed, like your DMV building.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#BE202D&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Interface Information&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This will list all interface features that are included with the base system.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;It will also include the uses and descriptions of all the items. This will help you better in using the items to their greatest potential.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This module will add the '''Civilian Database''' and '''License Cards''' to your list of programs.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Civilian Database''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Civilian Database will allow you to store civilians in your network and keep track of their information. Along with their information is their Licenses.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Comment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This just allows you to change the comments on a civilian's record. It provides no benefit except for notes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating Civilians ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;When a new person joins your city, you may be wanting them to register to be a civilian in your network. This will give them the choice to get new licenses and store their roleplay character information privately in your database.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''To create a civilian, simply go to the Civilian Database and hit &amp;quot;Add Civilian&amp;quot; in the top left'''. Once you have done this, you will need to enter their information and then they will show up in the database.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Civilians ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To delete civilians, all you will need to do is find the civilian you are looking to delete in your database. Once done, click on their name and select &amp;quot;Delete Civilian&amp;quot; at the top.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Civilian's Picture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Changing the civilian's picture will allow for their image to show up on their driver's license when it is printed and given to them.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Follow These Steps To Change A Civilian's Picture'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Find Your Civilian and Open Their Record.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;quot;Change Picture&amp;quot; at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select Browse on the form and look for a picture to use. (.png format)&lt;br /&gt;
# Confirm their name matches the person in the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hit the button, &amp;quot;Upload Civilian Image&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Bam, they now have a new picture! It will display with pride on their licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''License Cards''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The license cards allows for you to upload background textures from our [http://aileron.nexus-sl.net/r/license_card/License-Card-Template.zip ID Card Template]. In their are a few examples of how the cards will look, different styles and examples.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating License Cards ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Before you create a license card, you will need to create your background in Photoshop or GIMP. We provide a template for use with Photoshop that can be used.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Please remember that this will not come out perfect the first time.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Follow Instructions To Create License'''&lt;br /&gt;
# It is assumed you already have your background made.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your ID Card Background from your computer for upload. (.png format)&lt;br /&gt;
# Select colors you would like to use for your text. (View color reference: https://gyazo.com/c9fd389cd0688a8135bde59403996899)&lt;br /&gt;
# Give your License a name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Poof, you now have a license.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Now that you created your license card, make sure that you test print it. You may not be happy with the way that the card's lettering or some positioning is.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You want to make sure that you have everything set before you start distributing it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Light System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2019-04-24T01:40:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Light System|← Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Light System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Light System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before using the Light System, it is reccomended that you have made sure you have all the parts required below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''What's Inside?''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have purchased your package, you will have the basic items needed for your light system. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These items include your switches and breakers. One thing to remember, there are multiple packs of lights, each with their own style.&lt;br /&gt;
* All The Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Breaker Panel&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Large Breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Timer Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Wall Switches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Setting Up Your Light System''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Ready to get your system setup? Lucky for you, the system is easy to set up and great to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Breakers''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of breakers in your pack. The Large Breaker, or the Breaker Panel.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Breaker Panel is made up of 12 breakers into one box. Saves Prims and is slightly more efficient.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Large Breaker is one single breaker on a metal box with a lever. Great for places that do not need multiple breakers.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When using the breakers, if you do not configure a switch to the light, the breaker will act as the switch and the lights will turn on when powered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez Out Breaker Panel or Large Breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Go into the Inventory and select '_config'.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID to a name or number. (We'll use 'Home' as an example)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the access. Owner, Group, or Everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bam, leave your breaker sitting there and you're done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Wall Switches''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is completely optional. You could still have lights without the walls switches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The light switch will allow you to have up to four switches on one panel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez The Wall Switches onto the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in Switches Inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter your BreakerID. ('Home')&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter Your SwitchIDs. (We'll use 'LivingRoom'. Leave blank to keep switch invisible.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set The Access. (Owner, Group, or Anyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* Save and place onto the wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Light''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have all the items set up, you are free to position your lights and set up the lights.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is reccomended before you shift-drag the lights, that you set up the notecard first. This will save you a lot of time when setting up your lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez the light. &lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in light's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID to match your breaker box. (Home)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the SwitchID to match your switch. (LivingRoom)&lt;br /&gt;
* Position the light and finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Timer Box''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Timer Box is used for turning the lights on at certain times on the day(SLT).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Along with specific times, there is also a DAY/NIGHT feature. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If you are using street lights, or outdoor lights. This feature is great to turn your lights on in the nighttime.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This box, acts as a switch. When entering the SwitchID. IT will need to match on the lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez The Timer Box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in timer's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the SwitchID.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Timer's Mode. &lt;br /&gt;
''If using TIMER Mode.''&lt;br /&gt;
* Set TurnOnTime and TurnOffTime. (Uses SLT time.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Create Your Own Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Creating your own lights is a breeze! Simply create your light object and insert the following items into the contents:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;A.)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; _light &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;B.)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; _light-cnf &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;C.)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; _config &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;D.)&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Light Configurer &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Can't find items A-C?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; You can acquire these items by rezzing a light that was included in your Nexus Light System pack; edit the contents of the light and drag the items to your inventory.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step One - Light Appearance''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To start, you will want to edit the light parameters/values as the light would appear in an &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;on-state&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To do this, right-click the object and open the 'edit'/build window and navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Texture&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and edit the following parameters for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;each face&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of the object that is considered a light:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Glow&lt;br /&gt;
*Fullbright&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and check-mark the &amp;quot;Light&amp;quot; box and edit the light values:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the light color&lt;br /&gt;
*Set light image/texture (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Intensity&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Radius&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Falloff&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;FOV&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Focus&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Ambiance&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Two - Applying Light Configuration''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The &amp;quot;Light Configurer&amp;quot; script should be in the contents of your light before continuing.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once you're satisfied with the appearance of your lights, left-click your object and select &amp;quot;Proceed&amp;quot; from the menu. You will then be prompted to select the faces of your object that are considered lights. Selected faces will appear in floating text above the object - if you select the wrong face, simply select it again to undo the selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you closed the dialog menu by accident, type '/88 menu' and it will re-appear.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once the face(s) have been selected and you're ready to continue, select &amp;quot;Finalize&amp;quot; and your light configuration will be generated and displayed in main chat, which will look similar to this:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;{&amp;quot;color&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;blue&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;red&amp;quot;:1.000},&amp;quot;faces&amp;quot;:0,&amp;quot;falloff&amp;quot;:0.750000,&amp;quot;fullbright&amp;quot;:1,&amp;quot;glow&amp;quot;:0.101961,&amp;quot;intensity&amp;quot;:1.000000,&amp;quot;radius&amp;quot;:10.000000}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Copy &amp;amp;amp; paste the configuration that was generated into the &amp;quot;_light-cnf&amp;quot; notecard and save.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Three - Configure Your Light to a Switch/Breaker''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Open the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; notecard and edit the values to assign the light to a breaker and switch that you've setup previously:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*BreakerID&lt;br /&gt;
*SwitchID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Save the notecard when finished.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Your Light is Ready!''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Your light should now be functional!&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Credits&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
A lot of people helped make lights. Here are some of the people!&lt;br /&gt;
* Scripting: Shymus Roffo and Johnny Nexen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modeling &amp;amp; Texture: Shymus Roffo, Kira Alena, and Johnny Nexen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing &amp;amp; Ideas: Yurii Velinov and Antaeus.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2019-04-08T23:55:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Payout&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout all users that are eligible for a payout.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_everyone/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: [{&amp;quot;paid&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen&amp;quot;}]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payout User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will payout the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (payout_everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user you're wanting to pay out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/payout_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;johnny nexen was successfully paid $27.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2019-04-08T16:11:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.mtp.onl/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2019-02-21T01:08:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** UPGRADE INSTRUCTIONS **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2019-02-20T04:01:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** PLEASE READ BEFORE YOU UPDATE **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Moved to new server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System</id>
		<title>Gridnet Radio System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System"/>
				<updated>2018-12-24T21:07:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:GridNetRadioSystem.png|center|350px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93;font-size:1.5em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Radio System is one of the best radio systems used by every sim around the grid. One of the best ways to communicate.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:1.3em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Need help with your system? Look at the documentation below!&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;35&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Question_mark.png|link=GridNet Radio System/Getting Started|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[GridNet Radio System/Getting Started|Getting&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Started]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Book.png|link=GridNet Radio System/Documentation|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[GridNet Radio System/Documentation|Product&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Structure.png|link=Gridnet Radio System/API|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gridnet Radio System/API|API]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Calendar.png|link=GridNet Radio System/Version History|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[GridNet Radio System/Version History|Version&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;History]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:MoneySymbol.png|link=GridNet Radio System/Rebate Policy|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[GridNet Radio System/Rebate Policy|Rebate Policy&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Bug.png|link=Bugs|32px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bugs|Bugs&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Version History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Version_History"/>
				<updated>2018-10-15T20:35:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How to get updates&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, our servers will automatically send it to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to update your network without losing data from the last network?&lt;br /&gt;
: We give you a tool that will help with upgrading your servers, we do all the work for you. &lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How updating works?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: When a newer version comes out, we will give you an upgrade tool if there is an update for the network servers. This will prevent you from losing your network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If there is no update for the in-world servers, then you do not have to worry about updating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.5 (10/15/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Updated the radios message handling to help prevent 'stack-heap collision' errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;NOTE:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If really long messages are transmitted, you risk encountering this error at which point you will need to re-attach the radio to resume normal operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.4 (10/06/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Managers and API Keys. Fixed data only being submitted correctly for the first accordion.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue on dashboard with API Calls and Transmission Count displaying a large amount of zeros when the number became &amp;gt;9999&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with repeater still making noise when the noise is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with Forgot Password not catching any of the errors when the captcha is not ticked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.3 (10/04/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;0px&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:50%;border:dashed 2px #008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr style=&amp;quot;color:#008BBA;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-size:30px;position:relative;left:7px;top:-10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;⚠&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td style=&amp;quot;font-weight:bold;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This update does not require you to upgrade your server. You can continue using the same server as before.&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Transmit Messages to the API.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Redirection to Forgot Password.&lt;br /&gt;
* Added Support to Aileron for GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Managers from being added to networks when they were a manager in another network.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Name2Key Service from showing invalid keys on newer users.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the Radio Page.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Detach Radios on the in-world radio and should no longer give a script error.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with API giving server error on the Transmit_Message action.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed issue with radio networks not checking all groups on the access list and only checking for the first group on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Issue with API calls not incrementing when an API Call is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Version 1.0.0 (10/01/2018)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Release&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API</id>
		<title>Gridnet Radio System/API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API"/>
				<updated>2018-10-04T19:40:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:If you have scripting knowledge, you can take advantage of GridNet's API and begin creating your own tools &amp;amp;amp; devices that control your network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:To navigate this wiki better, please use the navigation on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Actions: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* Get Network Details&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone List&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Channel List&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmit Message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to make an API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can make a call to the API, you must first create and obtain an API key from your GridNet dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, log into your GridNet Dashboard, select the network, then navigate to &amp;quot;API&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Add API Key&amp;quot; to generate a new API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you aren't the owner or manager of a network and you'd like to use the API, you'll need to check with network owner about acquiring one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites:===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
You'll need to include the following global functions &amp;amp; variables into your script in order to successfully call an API action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;YOUR-NETWORK-API-KEY-GOES-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All API Calls are sent to our server in JSON format. Each function listed below contains the list of requirments that you must first set in your JSON string prior to executing the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SendToServer(string json_data)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Get Network Details:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the following details pertaining to the specified network:&lt;br /&gt;
* Network ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Network Owner&lt;br /&gt;
* Server Location&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices Connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission Count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;],network_api_key);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_owner&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Johnny Nexen&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;server_location&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Silesia&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;devices_connected&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;3&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;transmission_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create a new zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;The Name of Your New Zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;zone_id&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is returned upon successful zone creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to delete a zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;success&amp;quot; : TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone name by providing the zone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone ID by providing the zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : The name of the zone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all your created zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Poice Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Medical&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;DOT&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Channel List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all the channels within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Engine - 22&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Ladder-21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Engine - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Tanker - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Chief&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will create a channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number you'd like to create the channel under&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will delete the channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel you'd like to delete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel ID of the provided channel name that is in the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number that the channel is linked to&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel that you'd like the ID for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel name of the provided channel ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : The channel ID that you'd like the name for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;30&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Transmit Message&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
This function will transmit a message globally, zone, or channel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;transmit_message&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;transmit_level&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;GLOBAL&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;ZONE&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;CHANNEL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;message&amp;quot; : The message to be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot; : This will need to be obtained via ''network_details'' (See example below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Optional JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;callsign&amp;quot;: This will display who sent the message.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot;: If you are sending a message on a channel, then you need to supply the channel_id.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;: If you are sending a zone message, you need to supply a zone_id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;transmit_message&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;message&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Hello World!&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;transmit_level&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;global&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;],(string)network_id);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;callsign&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Shymus Roffo&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;success&amp;quot; : TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Complete API Examples&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We've put together a couple of examples demonstrating how to use the GridNet API in your own scripts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example One - Get Network Details ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;INSERT-API-KEY-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) &lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data)); &lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;http://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default &lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    touch_start(integer n) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(llDetectedKey(0) == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            string json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(i == req_id)&lt;br /&gt;
            llOwnerSay(b);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Two - Create a New Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;INSERT-API-KEY-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
string json;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
integer chan;&lt;br /&gt;
integer handle;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    touch_start(integer n) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (llDetectedKey(0) == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            json = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
            llListenRemove(handle);&lt;br /&gt;
            chan = (integer)(llFrand(1000000000.0) - 1000000000.0);&lt;br /&gt;
            handle = llListen(chan, &amp;quot;&amp;quot;, llGetOwner(), &amp;quot;&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            llTextBox(llGetOwner(),&amp;quot;Create a New Zone\n\nPlease enter a zone name you'd like to create&amp;quot;,chan);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    listen(integer channel, string name, key id, string message) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (channel == chan &amp;amp;&amp;amp; id == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            message = llStringTrim(message,STRING_TRIM);&lt;br /&gt;
            if (message == &amp;quot;&amp;quot;) return;&lt;br /&gt;
            else {&lt;br /&gt;
                json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
                json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],message);&lt;br /&gt;
                SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
            }&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (i == req_id) {&lt;br /&gt;
            if (llJsonValueType(b,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;]) == JSON_NUMBER) {&lt;br /&gt;
                string zone_id = llJsonGetValue(b,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;]);&lt;br /&gt;
                llOwnerSay(&amp;quot;The zone (\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llJsonGetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;])+&amp;quot;\&amp;quot; - Zone ID: &amp;quot;+zone_id+&amp;quot;) has successfully been created!&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            }&lt;br /&gt;
            else llOwnerSay(&amp;quot;ERROR &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &amp;quot; + b);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Three - Transmit Message On Global ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;INSERT-API-KEY-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
integer network_id;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) { &lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data)); &lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default {&lt;br /&gt;
    state_entry() {&lt;br /&gt;
        string json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
        SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(i == req_id) {&lt;br /&gt;
            network_id = (integer)llJsonGetValue(b,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;]);&lt;br /&gt;
            state transmit_on_touch;&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
state transmit_on_touch {&lt;br /&gt;
    touch_start(integer n) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(llDetectedKey(0) == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            string json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;transmit_message&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;message&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Hello World!&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;transmit_level&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;global&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;],(string)network_id);&lt;br /&gt;
            json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;callsign&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Shymus Roffo&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(i == req_id) {&lt;br /&gt;
            llOwnerSay(b);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2018-09-28T21:11:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you set up a network successfully if all steps are done properly. '''It is highly recommended to read that guide before reading this.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Use This Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The documentation is built into three parts. Server, Radio, and Web Interface.&lt;br /&gt;
: Every feature on here is sorted to help you find what you're looking for. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are unable to find something, please refer to the table of contents on the right side of the page. If you are still unable to find what you're looking for, you can try messaging in our group chat ''Nexus Roleplay System'' or file a ticket here: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Server&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The GridNet Server is an item that is rezzed in-world. This item is used to keep the network in your name, handle distribution servers, and prevent others from stealing your network name.&lt;br /&gt;
: When you create a network, the server will need to remain rezzed. If it is not rezzed, someone will have the ability to steal your network name. The server prevents that until you delete the network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Server ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.0&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once submitting the network name, you'll receive a prompt to open the webpage. This will lead you to the GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Server For? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is used for large purposes. There are multiple reasons that a network's server needs to be rezzed.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Here are some of the reasons'''&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server acts as an interface to the web dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server allows you configure items to the network.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server creates distribution servers and manages their load.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Server manages the radio network's repeater.&lt;br /&gt;
== What Is The Network Repeater? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: In the real world, a radio repeater is used to get a radio signal and repeat it over a larger distance. &lt;br /&gt;
: For us, the radio repeater is used as a way to verify with the server that there are active and connected devices. &lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater plays an important role in keeping the network stable. It keeps everything synced across the radios. &lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Know The Repeater Is Working? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Every hour you will hear morse code giving off the repeater code. This is the repeater re-syncing with the server making sure that all the radios are on the same page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If there are no radios connected the repeater will not fire off its repeater code until a new device connects.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Do I Disable The Repeater Noise? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater morse code can easily be turned off on the web interface. &lt;br /&gt;
'''Follow These Steps To Disable It'''&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigate to your network dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the Settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn the &amp;quot;Enable Repeater&amp;quot; checkmark off.&lt;br /&gt;
:Please remember, this does not turn the repeater permanently off, it does not affect performance with the servers. It will just turn off the noise that the repeater makes when it syncs to the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Server Updates ==&lt;br /&gt;
:When your server is outdated, it will be clearly visible and will inform you via floating text.&lt;br /&gt;
:The server will not stop working just because the server is outdated. __You will not be able to configure anything to the server while in this mode.__&lt;br /&gt;
:Worried about losing your network or data? Don't worry, Network data is &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;NOT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; lost when updating.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How To Update Your Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
#When your server gets outdated. (Visible from the floating text.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to request an ''Update USB''. (Will be sent directly from our servers.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the USB next to the server. &lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the USB then Touch the server.&lt;br /&gt;
#It will then start updating. (&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Do Not Touch or Delete Anything!&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; If that is done, you're risking data corruption and a lost network.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once the update is complete, the server will turn itself back on and work just like new!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;GridNet Radios&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:This section applies to all radio models. All radios function exactly the same except models that are animated. &lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring Items/Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Configuring an item to work with your network is very simple. If you have an official item we have created, the configuration is quick and simple.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - There are steps recommended before configuring the radio. You will need to create zones and channels before configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
:For more information on setting up the network, please follow the ''[http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started]'' guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio too.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;br /&gt;
== Using The Radios ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Now that you have your radio set up, using the radios is very easy.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you first pull up the radio and attach it, you will need to give it a second to load. If it is your first time wearing the radio, it will configure and reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Happens When Attached? ===&lt;br /&gt;
:When the radio is attached to a person, there are a few steps that happen before the radio is usable. &lt;br /&gt;
:Here is what happens once a radio is attached.&lt;br /&gt;
#If this is your first time attaching the radio, it will clear all the settings and variables from the old owner.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check if you are banned from the network. If you are; the radio will not move any further.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will then check to see if group access is enabled and determine if you are in the correct group.&lt;br /&gt;
#The radio will load all the channels for the zone the radio is configured in and prompt for you to pick one.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once you have picked your channel, your radio will then register with the network and show it online. Your radio is now usable!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Operations ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Once operational, the radio will work in a structure of radios. The structure is very important as to who you can talk too. &lt;br /&gt;
:This structure is very simple. Transmissions are as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
==== Global ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on the global, your message will be transmitted to every radio that is on the radio network. This includes all zones and all channels.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zone ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a zone, your message is sent to all radios configured to the matching zone. If your radio is configured to zone ''Fire Dept'', then your message will go to every radio in that same zone.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Channel ====&lt;br /&gt;
:When you send a message on a channel, the message will be sent to every radio in that channel only.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio Settings &amp;amp; Dialog ===&lt;br /&gt;
:There are multiple settings that can be changed within the radios. This can be accessed by simply typing __/1 menu__ or touching the radio. &lt;br /&gt;
:These settings are as defined.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change Chan''' This will change the channel that the radio is set too. For example, if you are on Tac-1 then you can switch to another channel like Tac-2.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Settings''' This will allow you to change some of the settings for the radio in the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Verbose''' This setting will allow you to set how the message is received/transmitted to you.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rOwner/tOwner''' Sets the radio to __OwnerSay Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rSay/tSay''' Sets the radio to __Say Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''rWhisper/tWhisper''' Sets the radio to __Whisper Messages__ that are received/transmitted.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Transmit Channels''' This will allow you to change the chat channels to other channels. Example; change /5 to /12 or other.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Global''' Sets the chat channel for Global transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Zone''' Sets the chat channel for Zone transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Channel''' Sets the chat channel for Channel transmissions.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Animations''' If your radio allows for animations, this is how to enable/disable them.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Enable Anim''' This will __Enable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Disable Anim''' This will __Disable__ the animations.&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Sounds''' This will allow you to change the sounds used by the radio. (''You will need to enter a UUID'')&lt;br /&gt;
***'''Transmit''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Transmit__ a message. &lt;br /&gt;
***'''Receive''' This will change the sound that goes off when you __Receive__ a message.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Call Sign''' Your callsign is how your name is displayed on the radios when a message is sent across Global/Zone/Channel.&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Web Interface&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The web interface is where most of the work happens on your network. A large majority of your network will be managed here.&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When logging in, you will be met with two options Network Manager and Network Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''If this is your first time logging in, you will be forced to change your password.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Owner; you will need to log in through this method. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are the Network Manager; this is your way. Please remember that the password is specific to that network. You can have two different passwords per network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Forgotten Password ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have forgotten your password, these are the steps that you take to reset your password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Owners ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Select [https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/forgot-password Forgot Password] on the home page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your Second Life Username and Captcha.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be IMed by one of our bots supplying you a link to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have navigated to that link, you will be able to change your password.&lt;br /&gt;
# After you have changed your password, you will be able to access your account like normal.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you are still unable to access your account, please file a ticket at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will manually reset your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Network Managers ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are a network manager, you will need to contact another Manager in the network or the network owner.&lt;br /&gt;
: They will need to manually reset your password for you through the network manager page.&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network owner will not reset your password, &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DO NOT CONTACT SUPPORT&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;. We do not reset the Network Manager's passwords. That is solely up to the Network Owner. They could have changed it to lock you out, so we will not manage it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you're a Network Owner and you're having trouble resetting a Network Manager's password, then you can contact support at our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net Support Site] and we will gladly help you.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The Network Selection page will list all the networks that you are an Owner of. If you do not own the network, it will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
: __If you are a Network Manager; you will not see this page, you will be logged straight into the network your Manager account is registered too.__&lt;br /&gt;
== Logging In To Your Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Logging in to your network is extremely simple and completed in a very simple step.&lt;br /&gt;
# Locate the network you'd like to manage.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the blue arrow on the right upper corner of the network box.&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting A Network ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Once you delete a network, the effects are permanent. Please __do not contact support__ asking us to undo the mistake. We cannot undo the mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have decided that you no longer need the network or you have made errors and want to start over. Deleting your network is extremely simple.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow These Steps To Delete Your Network'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete your network server in-world. (This will make the server show up red on the network dashboard.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Once deleted, navigate back to the web dashboard and select the Trash can in the top-right corner of the network.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will then need to enter the Network Name exactly and confirm you're not a bot.&lt;br /&gt;
# This will then delete the Network Permanently.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why Is My Network Showing Red? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If your network is showing up on the dashboard red, then our servers are not able to communicate with your Network Server In-World.&lt;br /&gt;
: There are Two reasons why this can happen.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Server Still Loading ====&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have just created the network server, then it will take a few seconds for the network server to finish setting itself up and register itself on the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
: Most of the time this is caused because you loaded the web dashboard before the In-World finished it's loading. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''To fix it, simply refresh your web browser.'''&lt;br /&gt;
==== Poor Region Performance ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The second reason is your Region that your server is in is not able to be contacted or our servers cannot send messages to the server in that region.&lt;br /&gt;
: This is caused by poor performance in the region. &lt;br /&gt;
: To check if there are performance issues in the region, simply use your Second Life Browser. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Firestorm''' : In your toolbar, navigate to Advanced -&amp;gt; Performance Tools -&amp;gt; Statistics ''CTRL+SHIFT+1''&lt;br /&gt;
: You will need to verify that the Region's FPS is above 40, the Scripts Run is below 90%&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Free URLs ====&lt;br /&gt;
: The region has no available Free URLS. This can easily be checked with your Second Life Viewer. &lt;br /&gt;
: This can easily be checked with a script placed into a prim. This script can easily be found on the [http://wiki.secondlife.com/wiki/LlGetFreeURLs Second Life Wiki].&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scripting Disabled In Parcel/Region ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Scripts may be disabled for the land.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have scripts disabled for everything except the land group, the server may be set to the wrong group.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be fixed by either enabling scripts in the parcel or setting the server to the land group.&lt;br /&gt;
== Nexus I.T. Services ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are wanting a stable environment to store your server, Nexus has a wonderful place to store the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: Nexus I.T. Services allows you to pay monthly for a 15LI Server Rack that can allow you to store your servers for a long period.&lt;br /&gt;
: All Nexus customers receive a free month if they purchase 3 months. Each rack costs 99L$ a month.&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Dashboard ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The ''Network Dashboard'' is the home base of operation. Here you can see basic statistics of your network and the latest messages in your network.&lt;br /&gt;
: Although there is nothing that can be changed, you can easily navigate around the website.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating Around ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Server-Select.png|50px|none]] '''Change Network''' This can easily be accessed at the top by clicking the three server's icon. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Logout.png|50px|none]] '''Log-Out''' This will log you out of GridNet.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Settings''' This page is made to let you change the basic settings of the network, adjust the ban list, and set the group access.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Managers''' This page will allow you to add, remove, and edit Manager's privileges. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Zone Editor''' This page will let you edit the channels and zones for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Transmissions''' This page will allow you to view transmissions specific to the zone.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Radio List''' The radio list will let you view information about the radios that are currently connected to the network and actively worn by users.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''API''' The API is where you can go to manage your API keys used for the network.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Distribution''' This page will allow you to manage your distribution network and servers. Information can also be viewed from the servers.&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you are able to adjust your network settings to better fit your network's needs. &lt;br /&gt;
: Along with the settings, you can also manage your ban list and set the groups that can use the radio system.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discord Support ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is a very good tool used by Gamers to better help communicate. Discord can be found at the [http://discordapp.com/ Discord Website] &lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is not affiliated with Nexus in anyway and solely managed by separate entities. Nexus does not endorse/promote/discourage Discord in any way. &lt;br /&gt;
: ''Please note, although Discord is there, it does '''not currently''' have the ability to send messages via discord. It is currently just used to receive messages. We are looking for methods or ways to send messages in Discord.''&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Add The Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Discord is very simple to link to your Network. &lt;br /&gt;
: '''Follow these steps'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the __Connect Discord Server__ Button.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will get sent to the Discord website. You may need to Log-In.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select a server you would like to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the server -&amp;gt; channel you are going to create a webhook for the bot to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hit Authorize. This will put the bot into the server.&lt;br /&gt;
: Now that you have the Discord bot in your server, you will need to configure everything inside your server.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Configure Discord Bot ====&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the bot is in the server, type /help (This will give a step by step guide.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you do not have the text channel created, go ahead and create it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the bot has the correct privileges to send messages on the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the channel is set correctly, simply type /setup in the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
# If everything is set up correctly, you can send a quick message from your radio and see it in Discord.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Enable Repeater ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The repeater, as explained above is used to keep the in-world server synced with the Nexus servers. &lt;br /&gt;
: This checkbox will disable the noise that the repeater makes when the repeater fires.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Show Channel Join ===&lt;br /&gt;
: This setting will enable Join Messages when a user joins a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: If a user attaches a radio on the channel that you are currently on, you will see the message when they join.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group Restrictions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The group restrictions allows you to enable the network radios to only be used by a certain group. &lt;br /&gt;
: The turn this feature on, simply turn on the checkmark.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have the group restrictions enabled, you can simply add the group by pressing ''Add Group'' button on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
: You will get a pop-up, simply place the Group's UUID (Example: 45fd6037-2cf2-0a42-cfc5-938303add5f2) inside the pop-up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Then it will add the group and all radios in the network will be reset.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing A Group ====&lt;br /&gt;
: To remove a group, simply go to the group you would like to remove and click the trash can to the right of the name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ban List ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have a person that has caused a large disturbance in your network and you would like to ban them, this feature works great.&lt;br /&gt;
: To ban someone, simple press the ''Ban User'' button and enter their name.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you ban them, it will forcibly remove their radio and they will be banned from the network.&lt;br /&gt;
== Managers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: If you would like other users to be able to manage your system while you are away, simply add them as a manager.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you only want them to have certain permissions, that can easily be done right after you have registered them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding A New Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Adding a new manager is very easy. Follow these steps.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the ''Add Manager'' button in the top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Type in their name in the Pop-Up.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they're registered in your manager list, they will be sent a link to set up a password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changing Manager Permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To modify a new Manager's permissions and restrict him to certain pages, simply open their box on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
: Inside there you will be able to find the pages they are able to access. If you would like to adjust that, select the pages you want and hit ''Update''.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Change Manager's Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If a manager is having difficulties logging in to the network, you can change their password by clicking the ''Change Password'' button.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have entered and confirmed the password, you will need to send them their new password.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Delete A Manager ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a manager on your network and would like to get rid of them. This can easily be done by deleting their account.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete their account, simply find their account in the window, and select ''Delete'' from the buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
== Zone Editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The zone editor is where you edit all the channel and zones within your network. &lt;br /&gt;
: If you are starting a network for the first time and need help setting up your channels, please follow our [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started Getting Started] guide.&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Are Zones? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Zones are like networks within your networks. Radios are configured to the zone and can communicate privately to the other radios configured in the network. &lt;br /&gt;
: However, they can not communicate to other radios in other zones unless they are using the global frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
: They also can only connect to other channels in that network only. If you have a police department and fire department zone with Tac-1 in PD and Eng-1 in FD. A radio from PD cannot send messages into Eng-1.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a zone, simply click ''Add Zone'', then when pop-up shows, give it a name.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you made a spelling error or just need to get rid of a zone that you had created. You can easily delete the channel.&lt;br /&gt;
: To delete the zone, simply touch the trash can in the Top-Right of the Zone Box.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Brefore creating a channel, you must have a zone created.'''&lt;br /&gt;
: To create a channel, simply click the ''Create Channel'' button inside the Zone Box. Give the channel a name, and you have a channel.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Channel ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you are sick of the channels, you can easily delete them by clicking the trash can next to the channel's name inside the Zone Box for the channel that was created.&lt;br /&gt;
== Transmissions ==&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DISCLAIMER&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; This is '''NOT''' used track public/local chat. It is only used to gather '''RADIO TRANSMISSIONS ONLY'''.&lt;br /&gt;
: This page will allow you to see and track the transmissions from your zones. This is a detailed way of seeing what's going on without being online.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Want to see the whole network transmissions? Go to the Home Dashboard.'''&lt;br /&gt;
=== Viewing Transmissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
: In order you view the transmissions, you will first need to figure out which Zone you would like to view. After that, you can simply click the zone, and watch the transmissions flow in.&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio List ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio list allows you to see who is wearing a radio. &lt;br /&gt;
: If they are wearing a radio, you can see basic information about their radio. Such as, Region they are in, Call Sign, Channel, Zone, and Username.&lt;br /&gt;
: If needed, you can detach their radio. (Used if you ban them or make changes to the network.)&lt;br /&gt;
== Radio API ==&lt;br /&gt;
: The radio API is very complex, please view our API documentation here : [http://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php?title=Gridnet_Radio_System/API GridNet Developer API]&lt;br /&gt;
: There are examples, and more information pertaining to the API and how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember this is an advanced API. You will need a good deal of scripting knowledge to make stuff work with it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Distribution Networks ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Your distribution networks are used to allow distribution of your radios without having to give a radio out to any of your Generals, Chiefs, or Admins.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will make one central location where you can track the distribution and make sure that certain servers only carry certain radios.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setting Up A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Setting up a distribution server will require space under the server's location. We highly recommend that you get a rack and leave it at the top of the rack if you intend on having multiple distribution servers.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''To set up your rack, follow these steps.'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Select ''Create Distribution Server'' from the buttons on top.&lt;br /&gt;
# Wait for the server to load in world and everything to set itself up. This will take less than 15 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once the page has automatically refreshed, you will see the server in-world and on the web interface.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go in-world and add the radios you would like sent from this server. '''DO NOT REMOVE WHAT'S ALREADY INSIDE IT (Scripts and Giver object)'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Rename your server in-world to something appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have added all your radios. Go back to the Web Interface and confirm they show all the contents of the server.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the web interface under the server, select ''Create Giver'' from the buttons. (This will create a giver in front of the server in-world.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Simply take the giver into your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: You are now ready to distribute radios from this server with ease.&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Does The Giver Work? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: The giver works very easily, simply rez it somewhere you would like to give out radios, set the group, and it will work.&lt;br /&gt;
: Whenever someone with the matching group touches it, they will be able to select an item from the distribution server's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they have selected their item, the item will be sent to them.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Can I Send Stuff Other Than Radios? ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Yes, you can send whatever kind of items you want.&lt;br /&gt;
: The server is made to fit as much shit as you can fit inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting A Distribution Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
: If you no longer need a distribution server, '''DO NOT''' delete the server in-world.&lt;br /&gt;
: Delete the server from the web interface correctly. This will remove it from the stack of server and will free up the space. It will also remove it from the web interface.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started"/>
				<updated>2018-09-28T15:41:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our guide here for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you setup a network successfully, if all steps are done properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating a New Network&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Server Placement''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;We highly suggest&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; that you place the server in an area that meets the following criteria:&lt;br /&gt;
:*A location where the server can remain rezzed &amp;amp;amp; running 100% of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
:*A location where you're permitted to rez objects. The server has a rezzing feature built-in that will automatically rez a distribution server &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;underneath&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; the main server when requested.&lt;br /&gt;
:**You should leave about 0.2100m of clearance underneath the server in case you do intend to setup a distribution server to prevent it from merging into another object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Setting up Your Server''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.0&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once submitting the network name, you'll receive a prompt to open the webpage. This will lead you to the GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating Zones &amp;amp;amp; Channels&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:To begin creating your first zone &amp;amp;amp; channel, you will need to navigate to the &amp;quot;Zone Editor&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Add Zone&amp;quot; and enter the desired zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your zone has been created, you can select &amp;quot;Add Channel&amp;quot; from within the zone and enter the desired channel name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that you have created your first zone and channel, you can now proceed to configure a radio!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Configuring a Radio&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - If you haven't created a zone &amp;amp;amp; channel yet, please go back and follow the previous step before proceeding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Located in the &amp;quot;GridNet Radio System&amp;quot; folder are 15+ radio models to choose from. Go ahead and determine which radio model you'd like to configure to your network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have chosen a radio model that you'd like to configure, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;rez the radio next to the server&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio to.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started</id>
		<title>GridNet Radio System/Getting Started</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/GridNet_Radio_System/Getting_Started"/>
				<updated>2018-09-28T00:57:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Created page with &amp;quot;← Gridnet Radio System {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' = :New to the system? Follow our guide h...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:New to the system? Follow our guide here for information on how to get started!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This guide will help you setup a network successfully, if all steps are done properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Need help and don't understand the guide? Feel free to get in touch with our support by opening a ticket: [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Nexus Ticket Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating a New Network&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:It's important to note, before you are to create your network, you will need to find a suitable place where you can rez your server and leave it. This server has to be running 100% of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Follow These Steps to Create a Network&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Rez the &amp;quot;Nexus GridNet Server v1.0&amp;quot;. (&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Remember it has to stay there for as long as you have the network.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server to begin registration &amp;amp;amp; type the desired network name when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once submitting the network name, you'll receive a prompt to open the webpage. This will lead you to the GridNet Dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the webpage and enter a new password for your account. (Please note, all networks that you create will appear under this account.)&lt;br /&gt;
#Bam, your new network is created. Access the new network by clicking the small blue icon that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the network's box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Creating Zones &amp;amp;amp; Channels&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:To begin creating your first zone &amp;amp;amp; channel, you will need to navigate to the &amp;quot;Zone Editor&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Add Zone&amp;quot; and enter the desired zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Once your zone has been created, you can select &amp;quot;Add Channel&amp;quot; from within the zone and enter the desired channel name.&lt;br /&gt;
#Now that you have created your first zone and channel, you can now proceed to configure a radio!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Configuring a Radio&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#9b091f&amp;quot;&amp;gt;STOP &amp;amp;amp; READ&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; - If you haven't created a zone &amp;amp;amp; channel yet, please go back and follow the previous step before proceeding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Located in the &amp;quot;GridNet Radio System&amp;quot; folder are 15+ radio models to choose from. Go ahead and determine which radio model you'd like to configure to your network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have chosen a radio model that you'd like to configure, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;rez the radio next to the server&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the server you want to configure the radio to.&lt;br /&gt;
#Touch the radio to begin configuring.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the zone you would like to configure the radio to when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the radio next-owner permissions to 'No Transfer'.&lt;br /&gt;
#Take the radio back into your inventory &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;when it asks what channel to use&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can now freely distribute the radio.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API</id>
		<title>Gridnet Radio System/API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API"/>
				<updated>2018-09-27T23:31:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:If you have scripting knowledge, you can take advantage of GridNet's API and begin creating your own tools &amp;amp;amp; devices that control your network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:To navigate this wiki better, please use the navigation on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Actions: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* Get Network Details&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone List&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Channel List&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to make an API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can make a call to the API, you must first create and obtain an API key from your GridNet dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, log into your GridNet Dashboard, select the network, then navigate to &amp;quot;API&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Add API Key&amp;quot; to generate a new API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you aren't the owner or manager of a network and you'd like to use the API, you'll need to check with network owner about acquiring one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites:===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
You'll need to include the following global functions &amp;amp; variables into your script in order to successfully call an API action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;YOUR-NETWORK-API-KEY-GOES-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All API Calls are sent to our server in JSON format. Each function listed below contains the list of requirments that you must first set in your JSON string prior to executing the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SendToServer(string json_data)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Get Network Details:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the following details pertaining to the specified network:&lt;br /&gt;
* Network ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Network Owner&lt;br /&gt;
* Server Location&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices Connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission Count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;],network_api_key);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_owner&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Johnny Nexen&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;server_location&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Silesia&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;devices_connected&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;3&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;transmission_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create a new zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;The Name of Your New Zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;zone_id&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is returned upon successful zone creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to delete a zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;success&amp;quot; : TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone name by providing the zone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone ID by providing the zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : The name of the zone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all your created zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Poice Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Medical&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;DOT&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Channel List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all the channels within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Engine - 22&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Ladder-21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Engine - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Tanker - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Chief&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will create a channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number you'd like to create the channel under&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will delete the channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel you'd like to delete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel ID of the provided channel name that is in the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number that the channel is linked to&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel that you'd like the ID for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel name of the provided channel ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : The channel ID that you'd like the name for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;30&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Complete API Examples&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We've put together a couple of examples demonstrating how to use the GridNet API in your own scripts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example One - Get Network Details ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;INSERT-API-KEY-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) &lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data)); &lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data)&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;http://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default &lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    touch_start(integer n) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(llDetectedKey(0) == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            string json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if(i == req_id)&lt;br /&gt;
            llOwnerSay(b);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Two - Create a New Zone ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;INSERT-API-KEY-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
string json;&lt;br /&gt;
key req_id;&lt;br /&gt;
integer chan;&lt;br /&gt;
integer handle;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    touch_start(integer n) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (llDetectedKey(0) == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            json = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
            llListenRemove(handle);&lt;br /&gt;
            chan = (integer)(llFrand(1000000000.0) - 1000000000.0);&lt;br /&gt;
            handle = llListen(chan, &amp;quot;&amp;quot;, llGetOwner(), &amp;quot;&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            llTextBox(llGetOwner(),&amp;quot;Create a New Zone\n\nPlease enter a zone name you'd like to create&amp;quot;,chan);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    listen(integer channel, string name, key id, string message) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (channel == chan &amp;amp;&amp;amp; id == llGetOwner()) {&lt;br /&gt;
            message = llStringTrim(message,STRING_TRIM);&lt;br /&gt;
            if (message == &amp;quot;&amp;quot;) return;&lt;br /&gt;
            else {&lt;br /&gt;
                json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
                json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],message);&lt;br /&gt;
                SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
            }&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
    http_response(key i, integer s, list m, string b) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (i == req_id) {&lt;br /&gt;
            if (llJsonValueType(b,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;]) == JSON_NUMBER) {&lt;br /&gt;
                string zone_id = llJsonGetValue(b,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;]);&lt;br /&gt;
                llOwnerSay(&amp;quot;The zone (\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llJsonGetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;])+&amp;quot;\&amp;quot; - Zone ID: &amp;quot;+zone_id+&amp;quot;) has successfully been created!&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
            }&lt;br /&gt;
            else llOwnerSay(&amp;quot;ERROR &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &amp;quot; + b);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API</id>
		<title>Gridnet Radio System/API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Gridnet_Radio_System/API"/>
				<updated>2018-09-27T22:08:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Created page with &amp;quot;← Gridnet Radio System {|align=right |__TOC__ |} = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =  :If you have scripting knowledge, y...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Gridnet Radio System|← Gridnet Radio System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:If you have scripting knowledge, you can take advantage of GridNet's API and begin creating your own tools &amp;amp;amp; devices that control your network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:To navigate this wiki better, please use the navigation on the right side of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Actions: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
* Get Network Details&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Zone&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone List&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Channel List&lt;br /&gt;
* Create Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete Channel&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Name to ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel ID to Name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How to make an API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can make a call to the API, you must first create and obtain an API key from your GridNet dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, log into your GridNet Dashboard, select the network, then navigate to &amp;quot;API&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Add API Key&amp;quot; to generate a new API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you aren't the owner or manager of a network and you'd like to use the API, you'll need to check with network owner about acquiring one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prerequisites:===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
You'll need to include the following global functions &amp;amp; variables into your script in order to successfully call an API action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
string network_api_key = &amp;quot;YOUR-NETWORK-API-KEY-GOES-HERE&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
string GenerateHash(string api_key, string data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    return llSHA1String(api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(string json_data) {&lt;br /&gt;
    string hash = GenerateHash(network_api_key, json_data);&lt;br /&gt;
    req_id = llHTTPRequest(&amp;quot;https://gridnet.nexus-sl.net/api/index.php?&amp;quot;,[&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_METHOD,&amp;quot;POST&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
        HTTP_MIMETYPE,&amp;quot;application/x-www-form-urlencoded&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    ],&amp;quot;hash=&amp;quot;+hash+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;api_key=&amp;quot;+network_api_key+&amp;quot;&amp;amp;data=&amp;quot;+llStringToBase64(json_data));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All API Calls are sent to our server in JSON format. Each function listed below contains the list of requirments that you must first set in your JSON string prior to executing the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SendToServer(string json_data)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Get Network Details:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the following details pertaining to the specified network:&lt;br /&gt;
* Network ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Network Owner&lt;br /&gt;
* Server Location&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices Connected&lt;br /&gt;
* Channel Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Zone Count&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission Count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;get_network_details&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot;],network_api_key);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;network_owner&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Johnny Nexen&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;server_location&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Silesia&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;devices_connected&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;12&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;3&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;transmission_count&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create a new zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;The Name of Your New Zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;zone_id&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; is returned upon successful zone creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Zone:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to delete a zone that is associated with the supplied API Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_zone&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;success&amp;quot; : TRUE&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone name by providing the zone ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;12&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will fetch the zone ID by providing the zone name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot; : The name of the zone&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : 20&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all your created zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;zone_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Poice Dept&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Medical&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;DOT&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Zone Channel List:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return a list of all the channels within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;zone_channel_list&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_list&amp;quot; : [&amp;quot;Engine - 22&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Ladder-21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Engine - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Tanker - 21&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;Chief&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Create Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will create a channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number you'd like to create the channel under&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;create_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Delete Channel:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will delete the channel within the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel you'd like to delete&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;delete_channel&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel Name to ID:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel ID of the provided channel name that is in the specified zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot; : The 'zone_id' number that the channel is linked to&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : The name of the channel that you'd like the ID for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Unsure how to obtain the &amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the API function: [[#Zone Name to ID:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_name_to_id&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;zone_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;20&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : 30&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#18abc4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Channel ID to Name:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function will return the channel name of the provided channel ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Required JSON data for API Call: ===&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;action&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot; : The channel ID that you'd like the name for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== API Call Example: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(&amp;quot;&amp;quot;,[&amp;quot;action&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;channel_id_to_name&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
json = llJsonSetValue(json,[&amp;quot;channel_id&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;30&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
SendToServer(json);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;channel_name&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;Fire Dept&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2018-06-09T19:24:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking In&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once a user has been registered to the Time Clock, they'll have access to the Time Clock. When left-clicked, a menu will be provided which will give them the option to view their stats and option to clock-in/out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** PLEASE READ BEFORE YOU UPDATE **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Light System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2018-05-06T06:58:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Light System|← Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Light System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Light System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before using the Light System, it is reccomended that you have made sure you have all the parts required below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''What's Inside?''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have purchased your package, you will have the basic items needed for your light system. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These items include your switches and breakers. One thing to remember, there are multiple packs of lights, each with their own style.&lt;br /&gt;
* All The Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Breaker Panel&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Large Breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Timer Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Nexus Light System - Wall Switches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Setting Up Your Light System''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Ready to get your system setup? Lucky for you, the system is easy to set up and great to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Breakers''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of breakers in your pack. The Large Breaker, or the Breaker Panel.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Breaker Panel is made up of 12 breakers into one box. Saves Prims and is slightly more efficient.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Large Breaker is one single breaker on a metal box with a lever. Great for places that do not need multiple breakers.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When using the breakers, if you do not configure a switch to the light, the breaker will act as the switch and the lights will turn on when powered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez Out Breaker Panel or Large Breaker&lt;br /&gt;
* Go into the Inventory and select '_config'.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID to a name or number. (We'll use 'Home' as an example)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the access. Owner, Group, or Everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bam, leave your breaker sitting there and you're done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Wall Switches''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
This step is completely optional. You could still have lights without the walls switches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The light switch will allow you to have up to four switches on one panel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez The Wall Switches onto the ground.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in Switches Inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter your BreakerID. ('Home')&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter Your SwitchIDs. (We'll use 'LivingRoom'. Leave blank to keep switch invisible.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set The Access. (Owner, Group, or Anyone)&lt;br /&gt;
* Save and place onto the wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Light''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have all the items set up, you are free to position your lights and set up the lights.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is reccomended before you shift-drag the lights, that you set up the notecard first. This will save you a lot of time when setting up your lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez the light. &lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in light's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID to match your breaker box. (Home)&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the SwitchID to match your switch. (LivingRoom)&lt;br /&gt;
* Position the light and finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''Setting Up The Timer Box''' ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Timer Box is used for turning the lights on at certain times on the day(SLT).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Along with specific times, there is also a DAY/NIGHT feature. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If you are using street lights, or outdoor lights. This feature is great to turn your lights on in the nighttime.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This box, acts as a switch. When entering the SwitchID. IT will need to match on the lights.&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez The Timer Box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open '_config' in timer's inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the BreakerID.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the SwitchID.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Timer's Mode. &lt;br /&gt;
''If using TIMER Mode.''&lt;br /&gt;
* Set TurnOnTime and TurnOffTime. (Uses SLT time.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Create Your Own Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Creating your own lights is a breeze! Simply create your light object and insert the following items into the contents:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*_light&lt;br /&gt;
*_light-cnf&lt;br /&gt;
*Light Configurer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step One - Light Appearance''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To start, you will want to edit the light parameters/values as the light would appear in an &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;on-state&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To do this, right-click the object and open the 'edit'/build window and navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Texture&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and edit the following parameters for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;each face&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of the object that is considered a light:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Glow&lt;br /&gt;
*Fullbright&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and check-mark the &amp;quot;Light&amp;quot; box and edit the light values:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the light color&lt;br /&gt;
*Set light image/texture (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Intensity&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Radius&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Falloff&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;FOV&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Focus&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Ambiance&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Two - Applying Light Configuration''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The &amp;quot;Light Configurer&amp;quot; script should be in the contents of your light before continuing.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once you're satisfied with the appearance of your lights, left-click your object and select &amp;quot;Proceed&amp;quot; from the menu. You will then be prompted to select the faces of your object that are considered lights. Selected faces will appear in floating text above the object - if you select the wrong face, simply select it again to undo the selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you closed the dialog menu by accident, type '/88 menu' and it will re-appear.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once the face(s) have been selected and you're ready to continue, select &amp;quot;Finalize&amp;quot; and your light configuration will be generated and displayed in main chat, which will look similar to this:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;{&amp;quot;color&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;blue&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;red&amp;quot;:1.000},&amp;quot;faces&amp;quot;:0,&amp;quot;falloff&amp;quot;:0.750000,&amp;quot;fullbright&amp;quot;:1,&amp;quot;glow&amp;quot;:0.101961,&amp;quot;intensity&amp;quot;:1.000000,&amp;quot;radius&amp;quot;:10.000000}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Copy &amp;amp;amp; paste the configuration that was generated into the &amp;quot;_light-cnf&amp;quot; notecard and save.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Three - Configure Your Light to a Switch/Breaker''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Open the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; notecard and edit the values to assign the light to a breaker and switch that you've setup previously:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*BreakerID&lt;br /&gt;
*SwitchID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Save the notecard when finished.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Your Light is Ready!''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Your light should now be functional!&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Credits&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
A lot of people helped make lights. Here are some of the people!&lt;br /&gt;
* Scripting: Shymus Roffo and Johnny Nexen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Modeling &amp;amp; Texture: Shymus Roffo, Kira Alena, and Johnny Nexen.&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing &amp;amp; Ideas: Yurii Velinov and Antaeus.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Light System/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Light_System/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2018-05-04T21:14:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Light System|← Nexus Light System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Light System Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of its features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Light System, we would like to thank you for choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Getting Started&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
Before using the Light System, it is reccomended that you have made sure you have all the parts required below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''What's Inside?''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have purchased your package, you will have the basic items needed for your light system. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These items include your switches and breakers. One thing to remember, there are multiple packs of lights, each with their own style.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Setting Up Your Meth Lab''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, you will need everything set up before you start cooking your meth.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These items are required for your meth lab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;How To Create Your Own Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Creating your own lights is a breeze! Simply create your light object and insert the following items into the contents:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*_light&lt;br /&gt;
*_light-cnf&lt;br /&gt;
*_light-cnf-tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step One - Light Appearance''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To start, you will want to edit the light parameters/values as the light would appear in an &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;on-state&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To do this, right-click the object and open the 'edit'/build window and navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Texture&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and edit the following parameters for &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;each face&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; of the object that is considered a light:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Glow&lt;br /&gt;
*Fullbright&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then navigate to the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; tab and check-mark the &amp;quot;Light&amp;quot; box and edit the light values:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the light color&lt;br /&gt;
*Set light image/texture (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Intensity&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Radius&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Falloff&amp;quot; value&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;FOV&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Focus&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &amp;quot;Ambiance&amp;quot; value (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Two - Applying Light Configuration''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;The &amp;quot;_light-cnf-tool&amp;quot; should be in the contents of your light before continuing.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once you're satisfied with the appearance of your lights, left-click your object and select &amp;quot;Proceed&amp;quot; from the menu. You will then be prompted to select the faces of your object that are considered lights. Selected faces will appear in floating text above the object - if you select the wrong face, simply select it again to undo the selection.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;If you closed the dialog menu by accident, type '/88 menu' and it will re-appear.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Once the face(s) have been selected and you're ready to continue, select &amp;quot;Finalize&amp;quot; and your light configuration will be generated and displayed in main chat, which will look similar to this:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;{&amp;quot;color&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;blue&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;:0.000,&amp;quot;red&amp;quot;:1.000},&amp;quot;faces&amp;quot;:0,&amp;quot;falloff&amp;quot;:0.750000,&amp;quot;fullbright&amp;quot;:1,&amp;quot;glow&amp;quot;:0.101961,&amp;quot;intensity&amp;quot;:1.000000,&amp;quot;radius&amp;quot;:10.000000}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Copy &amp;amp;amp; paste the configuration that was generated into the &amp;quot;_light-cnf&amp;quot; notecard and save.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Step Three - Configure Your Light to a Switch/Breaker''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Open the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; notecard and edit the values to assign the light to a breaker and switch that you've setup previously:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*BreakerID&lt;br /&gt;
*SwitchID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Save the notecard when finished.&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Your Light is Ready!''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Your light should now be functional!&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2018-04-11T21:22:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the Time Clock to a specific group; this will allow your registered users to access the Time Clock&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version: 1.2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** PLEASE READ BEFORE YOU UPDATE **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Fixed security issue with URLs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2018-04-11T02:02:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the Time Clock to a specific group; this will allow your registered users to access the Time Clock&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Version 1.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;** PLEASE READ BEFORE YOU UPDATE **&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If you already have a Time Clock set up and would like to continue using that network, you'll have to copy the network key located in the description field of your old time clock. (The Network Key begins with an '@' character, followed by 36 characters)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Once you have copied the network key&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, you can paste the key into the description field of the new time clock. Once set, left-click the time clock and it should automatically connect to your network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Admin login; you can now assign admins and allow them access to the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;New Feature:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Time Conditions; set specific working hours a person can work for each day of the week.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Fixed:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Auto-Clockout; users with 'auto-clockout' enabled should now be properly clocked out when they go offline.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Water_Meter_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Water Meter Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Water_Meter_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-12-06T01:42:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: Created page with &amp;quot;← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs {|align=right |__TOC__ |}  = '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' = &amp;lt;p&amp;gt;I...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Water Meter Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out Item &amp;quot;RolePay Water Meter&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Water Meter and input the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Specify if you would like funds sent to the network funds or a specific user.&lt;br /&gt;
* Your Water Meter is ready for configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Configuring the Water Meter&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To access the admin menu, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;click &amp;amp; &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;HOLD&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; the meter&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The admin menu allows you to set the following:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;$/Gallon&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Specify the cost per gallon&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Gallons/Hr&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Specify how many gallons of water will go through the pipe per hour&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Lockout@$&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Lock the water meter if the accumulated cost reaches a certain amount. This will require the owner of the water meter or a fellow admin to turn it back on.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Turn On / Turn Off&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Activates/Deactivates the Water Meter.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Reset&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: This will reset the Water Meter completely (Requires API Key to be entered and funding deposit selection).&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Assign User&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Assign the Home Owner that will be paying the water meter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To assign administrators to the Water Meter, open the &amp;quot;_admins&amp;quot; notecard, located in the contents of the Water Meter object.&lt;br /&gt;
Assign &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;one user per line&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; in the following format:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ADMIN = UserKEY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Water Meter Stats&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The assigned Home Owner and administrators can view the water meter stats; the menu will display the following items:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Cost per Gallon&lt;br /&gt;
* Flow Rate&lt;br /&gt;
* The Cost Accumulated&lt;br /&gt;
* Time Running&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallons Used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Home Owner can pay for the Water Meter consumption at anytime by clicking the meter and selecting &amp;quot;Pay Now&amp;quot;, as long as a lockout limit has not been met or exceeded (if set); otherwise, a utility admin/owner will have to come by and unlock it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-10-01T21:18:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.1&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed an issue with the 'payment' feature; system was not charging the specified card user&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.0&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation</id>
		<title>Nexus Fire Alarm/Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/Nexus_Fire_Alarm/Documentation"/>
				<updated>2017-05-26T00:38:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Nexus Fire Alarms|← Nexus Fire Alarm System]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Nexus Fire Alarm Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This documentation is to better help you with the product to help you efficiently work with the product and make use of all of it's features properly.&lt;br /&gt;
Having trouble using a feature? Consult the documentation below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need help navigating this manual better? Please use the table of contents to the right of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we get started on using the Fire Alarm System, we would like to thank you on choosing us! If you have any questions please ask in our Second Life Group.&lt;br /&gt;
If your questions are not answered, please file a ticket here on our [http://tickets.nexus-sl.net/ Support Site].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Annunciator&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
:The first steps on setting everything up is to have your Annunciator set up. &lt;br /&gt;
:The Annunciator is used to control your network of fire alarms that are configured to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Annunciator&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID. (This is used to link alarms together).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a group setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have configured your Annunciator, do not forget to place it in a spot that is easy to get too.&lt;br /&gt;
: If you can't find it, it will be a bit difficult to disarm an annoying alarm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Siren&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make lots of noise and make your neighbors upset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Alarm Sound. This can be yours, or one that we have supplied on the notecard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Operation ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Operation guide for using the Nexus Fire Alarm Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please use this documentation for using this object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System On / System Off ===&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the most important feature.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will turn off all the items configured on the Annunciator. (Doesn't include lights)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lights ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Using this button will turn on / off your emergency lights if configured into the Annunciator.&lt;br /&gt;
: This will easily light up your area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Suppression ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Want to get everyone wet? Make sure suppression is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
:This will allow sprinklers to activate the next time a fire is detected.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Are you unsure if suppression is enabled?&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; View the Annunciator panel suppression light; (Green = enabled, Yellow = Disabled).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Silence ===&lt;br /&gt;
: Turning this on will silence the alarms and prevent them from making noise.&lt;br /&gt;
: If this is turned on and the alarm is triggered, then the buzzer will only flash lights and not make noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This can be turned on / off without the system having to be armed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Reseting your Annunciator will turn everything off in the system and rearm it.&lt;br /&gt;
:When you're done with the alarms and don't need them on anymore, this is what you should press to reset them back to operational mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Drill ===&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't you just hate in school when the fire alarms randomly come on?&lt;br /&gt;
:This is how you do a drill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When you do a drill on the Annunciator, it will not send a tone out on the Pagers or Radios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pull Station&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The pull station is used to set off the alarms in case of an emergency.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure this is out in the opening or people might burn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Pull Station&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Group Setting. (It is advised that you leave this on group. That will prevent anyone from randomly pulling the alarm and running).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Show Last Pull. (This will show the person's name who pulled the handle above the handle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Don't forget to position this where someone can see it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Buzzer / Alarm&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The Buzzer is used to make your neighbors upset...&lt;br /&gt;
: Of course, you can use it to inform people they need to get out of the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
:Follow these steps to setup your Buzzer.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Buzzer&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. You can either enter the UUID, or drag a sound into the object's inventory and put the sound name on the notecard. (You can either use your own, or one of ours.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Emergency Lights&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the brightest things we can give you to light up the area.&lt;br /&gt;
: When ever you press &amp;quot;Lights&amp;quot; on the Annunciator, this will get turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Emergency Lights&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Easy as that, you now have a bright fix when you need to see without having to drag a power line and spot lights into the building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Smoke Detector&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: Want to place a bunch of annoying discs that will probably go off a lot because of some random item in the house?&lt;br /&gt;
: Then these are perfect for you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If you have problems with random items getting detected, there is a white-list black-list feature.&lt;br /&gt;
: To simply black-list an object, grab a word from it's name. Make sure that word is not on the white-list or you will end up with problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this will require a Annunciator to work. That will allow it to be turned On and Off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Smoke Detector&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm Sound. (Normally pasting a UUID works.)&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the White-list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If needed, Add words to the Black-list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Fire Sprinklers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: One of the most annoying things that this could use.&lt;br /&gt;
: These sprinklers are designed to put out fire that is underneath it. It will target anything within a 6m Radius below the sprinkler.&lt;br /&gt;
: '''IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED TO REZ AN EXTREME AMOUNT OF THESE. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL END UP WITH OVER 300 PRIMS REZZING FROM THE WATER BULLETS.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How does it work? ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When the sprinklers are activated, every 10 seconds a ring of 8 water bullets will appear and shoot downward.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once they touch something, they disappear. &lt;br /&gt;
: It is not recommended to place a lot of these in one room. You will end up with a large amount of these water bullets getting rezzed and having your region's rezzing temporarily locked.&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Remember!&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Suppression on the Annunciator panel must be enabled in order for sprinklers to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Smoke Detector.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Sprinkler&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
: Once those steps have been, position your sprinklers and give it a test. &lt;br /&gt;
: When you attempt to have a fire drill, the sprinklers will not fire off. You will have to make sure they are armed and the alarm has been fired off normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Controller&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
: The API Controller has multiple uses. &lt;br /&gt;
: You can use it to hear messages from the Fire Network, or you can use it to transmit on the Nexus Pager System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: In order to hear the commands from the system on your API controller, you will need to configure the Controller and click the controller to find the channel that all the messages are transmitted on.&lt;br /&gt;
: Please remember that this channel will change every time the Controller is configured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring The Pagers ==&lt;br /&gt;
: When you configure, you must have the pager system you are using handy or in front of you.&lt;br /&gt;
: Once completed, you will need to get your Pager's Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
: This can be obtained from any pager device's object description.&lt;br /&gt;
: Make sure that you remove the '#' mark when entering in your Network Key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Once you have everything ready, you can now continue with the steps below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
: Follow these steps to setup your Emergency Lights.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rez out the &amp;quot;Nexus Fire Alarm - Emergency Lights&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right Click and go into the object's contents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit the notecard &amp;quot;_config&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an Alarm ID (This is used to link alarms to the Annunciator).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a Pager Network Key. (If left empty, it will be assumed you don't plan on using this feature. '''Don't forget to remove the #''')&lt;br /&gt;
# If using the Pagers, you will need to enter the channel that you want to trasmit the messages on. '''CASE SENSITIVE'''&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the location of the API Controller.&lt;br /&gt;
# Verbose Commands will send all the commands that the fire alarms use on a random channel if this is set to &amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot;. (To listen to these commands, touch the box after configured. Then listen to the channel supplied)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-04-05T12:38:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.1.0&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-04-05T04:23:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Funds-2-Net''' will allow you to have funds sent to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;network funds&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. Select this option again to disable and have funds sent to your account/credit card.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.0.4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Store Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Store_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-04-05T04:18:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting up the Store Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Looking to set up an item in this pack?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; Follow these steps to configure your device.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Rez out the Item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the API key into the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wow, that easy and you're set up.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;If the API key you have does not exist or it has been deleted, you will get an error saying &amp;quot;The API key does not exist&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You will need to obtain a different API key after that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Vending Machine&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To use the vending machine, simply touch the vending machine and follow the dialog.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Whenever a user makes a purchase on the vending machine, the owner will receive payment after.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Cash Register&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The Cash Register can be used to bill someone's card as well as allow them to checkout at a store.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The checkout feature can simply be disabled using the settings below. Only the owner will be able to disable the checkout feature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All payments made through your cash register go to the owner and then taxes are payed back into the network server.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Checkout Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Checkout feature you must have a Shopping Cart full of items. The items can be obtained from the shelves.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When you want to &amp;quot;Checkout&amp;quot; simply touch the cash register after you have all your items in your cart you want. Then touch the dialog and go through all the dialogs. Once the payment is done and owner has received his money, then the items will be sent from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using the Payment Feature''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the payment feature you must have a user consent to you using their card.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;When a user is ready for you to use their card to bill them for the said amount, simply touch the register and select &amp;quot;Payment&amp;quot;. Enter their number into the dialog. If the card is found, then enter the amount of money to take off their card. Then confirm and the money will be sent to the owner and taxes will be payed.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Using The Settings''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The settings can only be accessed by the owner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The things you can access through the Settings are as follows.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;'''Checkout''' will turn off the ability for users to use the checkout feature when they touch the cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reset''' will reset the cash register to the same state you get when you first rez it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Access''' will allow you to change the access level of who can touch the register and access the ''payment option''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shelves&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shelf is used in conjunction with the shopping cart and cash register.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The shelf only works when you have a shopping cart on. The shelving will allow you to add stuff into your shopping cart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Configuring the Shelves''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To configure the shelf you will need to have an object ready that you can transfer in your inventory. This will act as your product you will sell.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once that product is ready, drag it into the shelf and open the &amp;quot;_product-config&amp;quot; note card in the inventory of the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Enter the name of the object that is in the inventory, if you do not enter the name exactly, you will get an error above the shelf.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;After that is all done, simply enter the price of that object and you are complete.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using the Shopping Cart&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The shopping cart simply allows you to get items from the shelves and buy them with the regitser.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To get a cart, look for the Shopping Cart Giver. This Giver will attempt to attach it you. (''With your permissions'') If you accept then it will simply be added onto your hand and you will be able to get items from the shelves.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Cash Register - v2.0.4&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
** Fixed issue with channel generation&lt;br /&gt;
** Added option to send funds to network (&amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Funds-2-Net&amp;quot;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-02-15T23:40:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the Time Clock to a specific group; this will allow your registered users to access the Time Clock&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion</id>
		<title>RolePay Time Clock Expansion</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.nexus-sl.net/wiki/index.php/RolePay_Time_Clock_Expansion"/>
				<updated>2017-02-15T19:51:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Johnny: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Rolepay Money System/Expansions|← Rolepay Money System Expansion Packs]]&lt;br /&gt;
{|align=right&lt;br /&gt;
|__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Using Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use any expansion pack, you must have an API key only obtained from the Web Interface from the RolePay Server.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can also obtain an API key from the network owner or someone who has access to the Web Interface.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Making Expansion Packs&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Want to learn how to make expansion packs? All expansion packs are made using the [[Rolepay Money System/API|RolePay Money System API]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;All you will need is basic knowledge of HTTP and LSL.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Setting Up The Time Clock Expansion&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;These steps assume that you already have an API key.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Follow these steps to configure your device:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the Time Clock in your inventory and rez into place&lt;br /&gt;
#Left-click the Time Clock to receive the dialog menu &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Setup&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#A URL dialog will be presented, offering you a link to the online device registration page&lt;br /&gt;
#Once on the registration page, input a RolePay API key and select &amp;quot;Validate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#If successfully validated, you can then select the funding source which will be the funding used to complete payouts.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;You can either input a credit card number belonging to the RolePay network that you're connecting to &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;or&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; use network funds (please ensure you have permission from the network owner)&lt;br /&gt;
#Once funding has been validated, you will be directed to the Time Clock dashboard and your Time Clock is ready for use!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''User Registration &amp;amp;amp; User Options''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;To add users to the Time Clock, you will need to visit the Time Clock's online dashboard. To do this, left-click the Time Clock &amp;amp;amp; select &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; from the menu.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Once you've accessed the dashboard, navigate to the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; tab. On the left, enter the Second Life username and the hourly wage for the user you'd like to register and select &amp;quot;Add User&amp;quot;. The users name will then appear to the right of the registration box if the user was successfully registered.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Selecting a registered user from the Registered Users list will display the users unpaid/paid earnings and allow you to edit the following settings:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Rate/HR&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Set the $ amount that the user will earn &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;per hour&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; clocked in&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Auto Clockout&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;: Check the box if you wish to enable the Auto Clockout feature; this feature will monitor the status of clocked in users &amp;amp;amp; will automatically clock out those that go offline.&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Please Note:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; This feature requires additional configuration to the Time Clock in-world. More instructions will become available on the interface once you've enabled Auto Clockout for one or more users&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Work Days:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Allows you to check the boxes of the week days the user is permitted to work. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; The system conducts &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;midnight&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checks; if the user is not permitted to work the new day, they'll be clocked out automatically&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clocking Out Users&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;On the &amp;quot;Home&amp;quot; dashboard page, any users that are currently clocked in will be listed there. You will be able to see when each person started with the option to clock out the user. When a user is clocked out, the system will calculate their total earnings and add it to the users &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;unpaid earnings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Note:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; Regardless if the user has been clocked out manually or automatically by the system (ex. Auto clockout) - The users clocked time will always be added to their unpaid earnings which then allows those unpaid earnings to be paid out.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Payouts &amp;amp;amp; Records&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;There are two payout options available:&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by Owner:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; If you would like to manually payout time for each user, you can do so by visitng the &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard. Simply select the user, followed by &amp;quot;Payout&amp;quot;. If the Payout option is not clickable, the user has no unpaid earnings to payout.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Manual Payouts by User:&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; To allow users the ability to request payouts themsevles, navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the Time Clock dashboard &amp;amp;amp; enable &amp;quot;Allow Manual Payout&amp;quot;; users will then be able to request payouts for their unpaid earnings via the Time Clock menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Each time a payout has been completed, a new record will be made on the &amp;quot;Payouts&amp;quot; page. Each record consists of the following details: Date &amp;amp;amp; Time, Payee, Funding Source, and the Amount paid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Updating Time Clock Configuration&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Navigate to the &amp;quot;Settings&amp;quot; page on the online Time Clock dashboard. There you are able to change the RolePay API key &amp;amp;amp; funding source details.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;API Documentation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In order to use the Time Clock API, you must first get an API key from the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Time Clock Dashboard&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, &amp;quot;API Keys&amp;quot; page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''API Features''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Check Key (Checks to make sure an API key is valid and exists)&lt;br /&gt;
*Register User (Registers user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-in User (Clocks in specified user into the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
*Clock-out User (Clocks out specified user from the Time Clock network)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Check API Key&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will check to see if the specified API Key exists and is valid.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (check_key)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/check_key/api_key/{API_KEY} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;api_key found&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Register User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will register the specified user to the Time Clock network.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (register_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to register)&lt;br /&gt;
* wage (The users hourly wage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/register_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID}/wage/{USER_WAGE} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been registered!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-In User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-in the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-in_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-in)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-in_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked in.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#4D5A93&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Clock-Out User&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This function will clock-out the specified user.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Information required for API call ===&lt;br /&gt;
* action (clock-out_user)&lt;br /&gt;
* api_key&lt;br /&gt;
* user_uuid (The user to clock-out)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== HTTP API Call ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://rolepay.timeclock.morethanpixels.rocks/api/action/clock-out_user/api_key/{API_KEY}/user_uuid/{USER_UUID} GET&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Response ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;success&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;User has successfully been clocked out.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Johnny</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>